>> Operator's Manual

>> Operator's Manualsmart EQ fortwo and smart EQ fortwo cabrio

É4535846514yËÍ

4535846514

Order

no.

6522

0285

13

Part

no.

45358

465

14Ed

itionC-

2018

www.smart.com smart - A Daimler brand smartEQ

fortwoan

dsm

artEQ

fortwocabrioOperator'sMan

ual

Publication details

Internet

Further information about smart vehiclesand about Daimler AG can be found on thefollowing websites:http://www.smart.comhttp://www.daimler.com

Editorial office

Daimler AG: not to be reprinted, translatedor otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part,without written permission from Daimler AG.

Vehicle manufacturer

Daimler AGMercedesstra e 13770327 StuttgartGermany

Symbols in the Operator's ManualRegistered trademarks:

RAndroid™ is a registered trademark ofGoo-gle, Inc.RAndroid Auto™ is a registered trademark ofGoogle, Inc.RApple® iOS and iPod® are registered trade-marks of Apple, Inc.RBass boost arkamys® is a registered trade-mark of Arkamys.RBluetooth® is a registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG Inc.RESP® is a registered trademark ofDaimler AG.RIQ Routes™ is a registered trademark ofTomTom International B.V.RMirrorLink™ is a registered trademark ofthe Car Connectivity Consortium.

The following symbols are used in this Oper-ator's Manual:

G WARNING

Warning notes make you aware of dangerswhich could pose a threat to your health orlife, or to the health and life of others.

H Environmental note

Environmental notes provide you withinformation on environmentally awareactions or disposal.

! Notes on material damage alert you todangers that could lead to damage to yourvehicle.

i Practical tips or further information thatcould be helpful to you.

X Instructions that must be followed.

X Several consecutive symbols indicate aninstruction with several consecutive steps.

(Y page) Further information on a topic

YY A warning or an instruction that is con-tinued on the next page.Display text: Display text in the instru-ment cluster display, the smart Audio-Sys-tem or the smart Media-System.

As at 04.09.2017

About this Operator's ManualWe urge you to read this Operator's Manualcarefully and familiarize yourself with thevehicle before driving. For your own safetyand a longer vehicle life, follow the instruc-tions and warning notices in this Operator'sManual. Ignoring them could result in dam-age to the vehicle or personal injury to you orothers.This Operator's Manual provides informationon the most important functions of yourvehicle.The equipment or product designation ofyour vehicle may vary depending on:

RModelROrderRCountry specificationRAvailabilityThe illustrations in this Operator's Manualshow a left-hand-drive vehicle. On right-hand-drive vehicles, the layout of compo-nents and controls differs accordingly.smart reserves the right to introducechanges in the following areas:

RDesignREquipmentRTechnical featuresThe equipment in your vehiclemay thereforediffer from that shown in the descriptionsand illustrations.Integral parts of the vehicle include:

ROperator's ManualRMaintenance BookletREquipment-dependent SupplementsKeep copies of the documents in the vehicleat all times. If you sell the vehicle, alwayspass all documents on to the new owner.Your Operator's Manuals:

Digital on the InternetThe Operator's Manual on the Internetprovides you with convenient access toall of the information relevant to yourvehicle and multimedia system. It alsooffers helpful animations, excitingbackground information and varioussearch options.Digital as an appUsing the smart guides app, you can callup all of the information relevant to

your vehicle and multimedia systemonline on your phone or as a downloadregardless of the status of your networkconnection. Available for smartphonesand tablets.

Please note that the smart guides app maynot currently be available in your country.

4535846514 É4535846514yËÍ

Index ......................................................... 4

Introduction ........................................... 19Protection of the environment ............. 19smart genuine parts .............................. 19Warranty for the smart Audio-Sys-tem and smart Media-System .............. 20Vehicle equipment ................................. 20Service and vehicle operation .............. 20Operating safety .................................... 21QR codes for rescue card ....................... 25Data stored in the vehicle .................... 25Information on copyright ..................... 28

At a glance .............................................. 29Dashboard ............................................... 29Multifunction steering wheel .............. 30Center console with drawer .................. 31Overhead control panel ......................... 32Door control panel ................................. 33Displays shown in the instrumentcluster and the display ......................... 34

Safety ...................................................... 35Activating and deactivating thepanic alarm ............................................ 35Occupant safety ..................................... 35Traveling safely with children inthe vehicle .............................................. 44Pets in the vehicle ................................. 49Driving safely ........................................ 49

Entering and setting up ........................ 52Understanding functions of theSmartKey ................................................. 52Opening the door ................................... 52Correct driver's seat position ............... 52Adjusting the seats ............................... 53Adjusting the mirrors ............................ 54Using the armrest .................................. 56

Driving ..................................................... 57Starting the engine ............................... 57Pulling away .......................................... 57

Automatic transmission ........................ 59Using the turn signals .......................... 60Acoustic presence indicator ................. 60Driving economically ............................ 61Braking correctly ................................... 64Driving on wet roads ............................. 65Winter driving ........................................ 65Using cruise control .............................. 65Charging the high-voltage battery ..... 66

Ensuring good visibility ........................ 76Switching on the lighting ..................... 76Using the interior lighting ................... 77Using the windshield wiper ................. 78Folding the sun visor to the side ......... 79

Feeling comfortable in the vehicleinterior .................................................... 80Locking and unlocking the doorsfrom the inside ....................................... 80Understanding the reversing fea-ture .......................................................... 80Opening and closing the windows ....... 81Using the soft top (smart fortwocabrio) ..................................................... 82Installing and removing the windscreen (smart fortwo cabrio) ................ 85Operating the climate control sys-tem ........................................................... 85Activating/deactivating the seatheating and steering wheel heating ... 88Using the accessories ........................... 88

Parking and getting out ........................ 91Parking .................................................... 91Using the rear view camera .................. 91Locking the vehicle ............................... 92Arming and disarming the anti-theft alarm system ................................ 92

Operating the on-board computer ....... 94Overview of the on-board computer ... 94Calling up displays ............................... 94Setting values ........................................ 96

2 Contents

Using the smart Audio-System ............. 98Operating and setting the smartAudio-System ......................................... 98Listening to the radio .......................... 100Using a mobile phone .......................... 101Operating external data carriers ....... 103

Using the smart Media-System .......... 105Operating and setting up the smartMedia-System ...................................... 105Listening to the radio .......................... 110Displaying energy consumption ........ 111Using a mobile phone .......................... 111Connecting and operating externaldata carriers ......................................... 116Viewing images .................................... 117Video playback ..................................... 118Using TomTom Services ...................... 118Using the navigation system ............. 121

Loading and stowing ............................ 131Stowing small objects ......................... 131Stowing luggage and large objects ... 132Using the trunk partition ................... 134Removing/installing the chargingcable bag ............................................... 135Observing the tire and loadinginformation ........................................... 136

Maintenance and care .......................... 139Useful information ............................... 139Removing/installing the subwoofer .. 139Opening and closing the servicecover ...................................................... 139Checking and adding service prod-ucts ........................................................ 141Checking wheels and tires .................. 142Obtaining information on tires .......... 143Changing a wheel ................................ 149Using the tire pressure monitor ........ 153Checking the tire pressures ............... 154Using winter tires ................................ 157Using snow chains ............................... 157Changing the window wiper blades .. 158Cleaning the vehicle ............................ 159

Observing service due dates .............. 163Parking the vehicle for a longperiod .................................................... 163

Dealing with accidents and break-downs .................................................... 164Securing the vehicle in the event ofan accident or a breakdown ............... 164Removing the vehicle tool tray .......... 165Sealing tires using the TIREFIT kit ... 166Towing the vehicle .............................. 168Manually releasing the selectorlever lock .............................................. 170Replacing the bulbs ............................ 171Changing fuses ..................................... 173Replacing the SmartKey battery ........ 174Opening a door with the emergencyrelease ................................................... 175Locking the doors in an emergency .. 175

Practical advice .................................... 177Notes on display messages ................ 177Locking and unlocking ........................ 177Vision, vehicle occupants, air bag ..... 179Engine, brakes, transmission ............. 181Charging process ................................. 183Driving safety systems ....................... 186Driver assistance systems .................. 191Battery, lights, heating ....................... 192smart Audio-System and smartMedia-System ...................................... 194

Technical data ...................................... 196Obtaining technical data .................... 196Reading out vehicle data .................... 196Service products .................................. 198Climate control system refrigerant ... 198Bulb types ............................................. 199Fuse allocation ..................................... 200Radio type approvals for the tirepressure monitor ................................. 202Installing two-way radios andmobile phones ...................................... 202

Contents 3

1, 2, 3 ...

12 V batteryImportant safety notes ................... 23

12 V socketsee Socket (12 V)

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)Display message ............................ 186Function/notes ................................. 49Warning lamp (yellow) .................. 186

Accelerationsee Kickdown

Acoustic presence indicatorFunction/notes ................................. 60

Air bagInstallation locations ...................... 39Limited protection ........................... 40Overview ........................................... 39

Air bagsDeployment ...................................... 36Front air bag (driver, frontpassenger) ........................................ 39Head bag ........................................... 39Knee bag ........................................... 39PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ................................................. 41Protection provided ......................... 40Side impact air bag ......................... 39Window curtain air bag .................. 39

Air distributionSetting (automatic climate con-trol) .................................................... 86

Air pressuresee Tire pressure

Air ventsImportant safety notes ................... 87Setting ............................................... 87

Air-recirculation modeSwitching on/off (automaticclimate control) ................................ 86

AlarmAnti-theft alarm system ................. 92Switching off .................................... 93

Ambient lightingSetting the brightness .................... 97Switching on/off .............................. 97

Android Auto™Using ............................................... 114

Animalssee Pets in the vehicle

Anti-entrapment featuresee Reversing feature

Anti-lock Braking Systemsee ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

Anti-skid chainssee Snow chains

Anti-theft alarm systemSwitching off the alarm .................. 93Switching on/off .............................. 92

Ashtray .................................................... 89Audio-System

Connecting a mobile phone .......... 101Connecting Bluetooth® audiodevices ............................................ 104Connecting external audioequipment (AUX) ............................ 104Operating .......................................... 98Operating the radio ....................... 100Operating via the mobile phone .... 99Overview ........................................... 98Setting the time ............................. 100Smartphone bracket ........................ 98System settings ............................... 99Troubleshooting ............................. 194Using external devices ................... 98Volume/sound settings ................. 100Warranty ........................................... 20

Authorized workshopsee Qualified specialist workshop

Automatic car wash (care) ................... 159Automatic climate control

Activating/deactivating air-recirculation mode .......................... 86Cooling with air dehumidifica-tion .................................................... 86Defrosting the rear window ............ 86Defrosting the windshield .............. 86Increasing/decreasing theblower speed .................................... 86Setting air distribution .................. 86Setting the temperature ................. 86Switching on/off .............................. 86Windows fogged up ......................... 87

Automatic headlamp mode .................... 76

4 Index

Automatic transmissionEngaging neutral ............................. 60Engaging reverse gear .................... 60Engaging the park position ............ 60Important safety notes ................... 59Kickdown .......................................... 60Manually releasing the selectorlever lock ........................................ 170Pulling away .................................... 57Starting the engine ......................... 57Transmission positions .................. 60

AUX jackAudio-System ................................... 98Media-System ................................ 105

B

BatteryDisplay message ............................ 192

Batterysee High-voltage battery

Battery (SmartKey)Important safety notes ................. 174Replacing ........................................ 174

Battery (vehicle)see High-voltage battery

Beltsee Seat belt

Belt warning ........................................... 39Blower speed

Increasing or decreasing (auto-matic climate control) ..................... 86

Bluetooth®

Activating the mobile phone(Audio-System) .............................. 101Activating the mobile phone(Media-System) .............................. 112Authorizing the function for themobile phone (Audio-System) ...... 101Connecting a device (Media-System) ........................................... 116Operating (Audio-System) ............ 104Switching on/off (Media-Sys-tem) ................................................. 112

Brake fluidDisplay message ............................ 182

Brake force distributionsee EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)

Brake lampReplacing bulbs ............................. 172

Brake lampsDisplay message ............................ 193

BrakesABS ..................................................... 49Braking on downhill gradients ...... 64Braking on wet road surfaces ........ 64EBD ..................................................... 51Important safety notes ................... 64Limited braking performanceon salt-treated roads ...................... 64Parking brake ................................... 58Riding tips ........................................ 64Warning lamp ................................. 182

Breakdown assistanceTowing away .................................. 168see Flat tire

C

Carsee Vehicle

Car washsee Care

CareCar wash .......................................... 159Carpets ............................................ 163Cleaning the interior ..................... 162Cleaning the roof lining (smartfortwo coupe) .................................. 163Display ............................................ 162Exterior ........................................... 159Exterior lights ................................ 161High-voltage battery ...................... 69Interior ............................................ 162Matte finish .................................... 159Notes ............................................... 159Paint ................................................ 162Plastic trim ..................................... 163Power washer ................................. 160Rear view camera ........................... 160Roof lining ...................................... 161Seat belt .......................................... 162Seat cover ....................................... 162

Index 5

Selector lever ................................. 162Sensors ............................................ 160Soft top system .............................. 161Steering wheel ............................... 162Trim pieces ..................................... 163Washing by hand ........................... 159Wheels ............................................. 160Windows .......................................... 161Wiper blades ................................... 161

Center consoleOverview ........................................... 31

Central lockingAutomatic locking ............................ 80Locking/unlocking (SmartKey) ...... 92

Changing bulbssee Replacing bulbs

Changing the routeNavigation ...................................... 124

Charge level display .............................. 62Charging

see Charging the high-voltagebattery

Charging cableConnecting ........................................ 73Controls ............................................. 70Display message ............................ 183Indicator lamp ................................. 70Removing .......................................... 74Storing .............................................. 75Variant 1 (mode 2) ........................... 71Version 2 (mode 2) ........................... 72Warming up ...................................... 69

Charging cable bagRemoving/fitting ........................... 135

Charging currentDisplay messages .......................... 183

Child seatBasic instructions ........................... 44Child seat safety feature ................ 47Front passenger seat (notes) .......... 48Notes on risks and dangers ............ 44Securing (notes) ............................... 47Securing on the front passengerseat .................................................... 48Top Tether ........................................ 47

ChildrenAvoiding dangers in the vehicle .... 44Basic instructions ........................... 44

Cigarette lighter ..................................... 88Cleaning

see CareClimate control

Automatic climate control .............. 86General notes ................................... 85Refrigerant ..................................... 198Refrigerant filling capacity ......... 199Setting the air vents ....................... 87

ClockSetting the time (Media-Sys-tem) ................................................. 108

CockpitOverview ........................................... 29

COMAND displayCleaning .......................................... 162

Connectivity manager .......................... 120Consumption details

Calling up (Media-System) ........... 111Controlling speed

see Cruise controlCoolant

Checking the coolant level andadding coolant ............................... 141Important safety notes ................. 141

Coolingsee Climate control

Cooling with air dehumidificationAutomatic climate control .............. 86

Copyright ................................................ 28Cornering light function ........................ 77Cover (front)

see Service coverCrosswind Assist ..................................... 51Cruise control

Activating ......................................... 66Buttons .............................................. 66Calling up the speed last stored .... 66Canceling cruise control ................. 66Deactivating ..................................... 66Display message (color display) .. 192Function/notes ................................. 65General notes ................................... 65Important safety notes ................... 65Increasing/decreasing thespeed ................................................. 66Storing and maintaining cur-rent speed ......................................... 66

6 Index

Cup holderCenter console ................................ 131Important safety notes ................. 131

Customer Assistance Center (CAC) ........ 24Customer Relations Department ........... 24

D

Dashboardsee Cockpit

Datasee Technical data

Data carrierssee External data carriers

Data sharingManaging ........................................ 120

Daytime running lamp modesee Daytime running lights

Daytime running lights ......................... 76Dealership

see Qualified specialist workshopDeclarations of conformity .................... 22Diagnostics connection .......................... 22Digital speedometer

Displaying ........................................ 97Display

Color .................................................. 94Display message

Color display .................................... 96Display messages

General notes ................................. 177Disposal of old equipment ..................... 69Distance warning function

Function/notes ................................. 50Warning lamp ................................. 191

DoorUnlocking (SmartKey) ..................... 52

DoorsAutomatic locking (switch) ............ 80Central locking/unlocking(SmartKey) ........................................ 92Control panel .................................... 33Display message ............................ 178Emergency locking ........................ 176Emergency unlocking ................... 175Opening (from inside) ..................... 80

Drinking and driving .............................. 58

Driver's doorsee Doors

Driver's seatsee Seat

Driving economicallyeco score display ............................. 62General notes ................................... 61

Driving noisesee Acoustic presence indicator

Driving safety systemCrosswind Assist .............................. 51Limits of the driving safetysystems ............................................. 49

Driving safety systemsABS (Anti-lock Braking System) .... 49Distance warning function ............. 50EBD (electronic brake force dis-tribution) .......................................... 51ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram) ................................................. 51ETS (Electronic Traction Sys-tem) ................................................... 51

Driving systemsCruise control ................................... 65

Driving tipsBrakes ................................................ 64Downhill gradient ............................ 64Drinking and driving ...................... 58Driving in winter ............................. 65Driving on flooded roads ................ 65Driving on wet roads ....................... 65Hydroplaning ................................... 65Icy road surfaces ............................. 65Limited braking efficiency onsalted roads ...................................... 64Pulling away .................................... 57see Driving economically

Dynamic handling control systemsee ESP® (Electronic StabilityProgram)

E

EBD (electronic brake force distri-bution)

Function/notes ................................. 51

Index 7

EBD (Electronic Brake-force Distri-bution)

Indicator lamp ................................ 186ECO mode

Switching on/off .............................. 61eco score

Calling up ......................................... 62Comparing a trip .............................. 63Display (color display) .................... 62Evaluating the current trip ............ 63Function/notes ................................. 62Resetting data .................................. 63Saving a trip ..................................... 63

Electronic Brake-force Distributionsee EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)

Electronic Stability Programsee ESP® (Electronic StabilityProgram)

Electronic Traction Systemsee ETS (Electronic Traction System)

Emergency releaseDriver's door ................................... 175Vehicle ............................................ 175

Emergency Tensioning DevicesActivation ......................................... 36

EnergyDisplaying the current con-sumption (color display) ................ 95

Energy consumptionHigh-voltage battery ...................... 69

Energy flow displayCalling up (Media-System) ........... 111Color display .................................... 95

EngineStarting problems .......................... 181Starting the engine with theSmartKey .......................................... 57

Engine electronicsNotes ................................................. 21

Entering a destinationNavigation ...................................... 121

Environmental protectionHigh-voltage battery ...................... 19

ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)Crosswind Assist .............................. 51Display message ............................ 187

General notes ................................... 51Important safety information ........ 51Warning and indicator lamps ...... 187

ETS (Electronic Traction System) ......... 51Exterior lighting

Cleaning .......................................... 161see Lights

Exterior mirrorsAdjusting .......................................... 55Out of position (troubleshoot-ing) .................................................. 179

External audio equipment (AUX)Connecting (Audio-System) ......... 104

External data carriersConnecting (Audio-System) ........... 98Connection (Media-System) ......... 116Operating (Audio-System) ............ 103Operation (Media-System) ........... 116

F

Factory settingsResetting (Media-System) ............ 108

FavoritesCreating (Media-System) .............. 109Managing (Media-System) ........... 109

Fendersee Front wheel arch

Flat tirePreparing the vehicle .................... 164TIREFIT kit ...................................... 166

Floormats ................................................ 89Fog lamps

Switching on/off .............................. 77Fording

On flooded roads .............................. 65Forward collision warning

Display message ............................ 191Frequencies

Mobile phone .................................. 202Two-way radio ............................... 202

Front air bag ........................................... 39Front cover

see Service coverFront wheel arch

Removing/installing the cover .... 172Front wheel arch cover

Installing/removing ...................... 172

8 Index

Front-passenger front air bagdeactivation system

PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ................................................. 41Status indicator ............................... 41

Front-passenger seatFolding down .................................. 134

Front-passenger seatsee Seat

Frontal area coversee Service cover

FusesAllocation chart ............................. 200Before changing ............................. 174Dashboard fuse box ....................... 174Important safety notes ................. 173Opening the fuse box ..................... 174

G

Glove box ............................................... 132

H

Hand brakesee Parking brake

Hands-free systemsee Mobile phone

Hazard warning lampsSwitching on/off ............................ 164

Head bags ................................................ 39Headlamps

see Automatic headlamp modeHeating

see Climate controlHigh beam flasher .................................. 76High-beam headlamps

Replacing bulbs ............................. 171Switching on/off .............................. 76

High-voltage batteryBattery care ...................................... 69Charge level display ........................ 61Charging (charging station) ........... 74Charging (mains socket) ................. 73Charging (wallbox) .......................... 74Charging cable warming ................. 69Condition of charge ......................... 61Cruise range ..................................... 69Discharged battery .......................... 68

Display message ............................ 192Energy consumption ....................... 69Important safety notes ................... 66Indicator lamp (vehicle socket) ..... 70Method of operation ........................ 68Outside temperatures ...................... 69Problems with the chargingprocess ............................................ 183Protective equipment ...................... 69READY indicator ............................. 192Terms of use ..................................... 69Vehicle socket .................................. 70Warning and indicator lamps ...... 192

High-voltage electrical systemAutomatic switch-off ...................... 24Danger of electric shock ................. 23Operating safety .............................. 23Vehicle fire ....................................... 24

Home addressEntering and saving ...................... 122

Home address (navigation)see Home address

Hydroplaning .......................................... 65

I

i-TrafficTraffic reports ................................ 111

Ignition locksee Key positions

ImagePlayback (Media-System) ............. 117

Immobilizer ............................................. 92Indicator and warning lamps

Battery ............................................ 192Indicator lamps

see Warning and indicator lampsInstrument cluster

Overview ........................................... 34Warning and indicator lamps ........ 34

Instrument cluster lightingAdjusting .......................................... 97

Instrument lightingsee Instrument cluster lighting

Interior lighting ..................................... 77Replacing bulbs ............................. 173Setting the ambient lighting ......... 97

Index 9

Setting the ambient lighting(color display) .................................. 78Switching on/off .............................. 77

Intermittent wiping ............................... 78

J

JackUsing ............................................... 150

K

KeyPosition in the ignition lock .......... 57

KeyboardChanging (Media-System) ............ 107

Kickdown ................................................. 60Knee bag .................................................. 39

L

Lampssee Warning and indicator lamps

LanguageSelecting (Media-System) ............ 107

Language (on-board computer) ............ 97License plate lamp

Changing bulbs .............................. 173Lighting

Setting the ambient lighting ......... 97Lights

Automatic headlamp mode ............. 76Cornering light function ................. 77Display message ............................ 193Fog lamps ......................................... 77Hazard warning lamps .................. 164High beam flasher ........................... 76High-beam headlamps .................... 76Light switch ..................................... 76Low-beam headlamps ..................... 76Parking lamps .................................. 77Rear fog lamp ................................... 77Turn signals ..................................... 60see Interior lightingsee Replacing the bulbs

Loading guidelines ............................... 132Locking

see Central locking

Locking (doors)Automatic ......................................... 80Emergency locking ........................ 176From inside (central lockingbutton) .............................................. 80

Loudspeakersee Subwoofer

Low-beam headlampsReplacing bulbs ............................. 171Switching on/off .............................. 76

M

M+S tires (winter tires) ........................ 157Making a call

Media-System ................................ 113Malfunction message

see Display messageManually releasing the selectorlever lock (automatic transmission) ... 170Matte finish (cleaning instructions) .. 159Media system

Creating favorites .......................... 109System menu .................................. 107System settings ............................. 107Volume/tone settings .................... 108

Media-SystemButtons on the multifunctionsteering wheel ............................... 105Calling up Applications man-ager ................................................. 120Calling up menus ........................... 107Changing the on-screen key-board ............................................... 107Connectivity manager ................... 120Consumption details ...................... 111Controls ........................................... 105Data connectivity .......................... 118Display settings ............................. 107Downloading updates and POIs ... 120eco score ........................................... 62Enabling data sharing .................. 120Energy flow display ...................... 111Home screen ................................... 106Image playback .............................. 117Navigation menu ........................... 121Navigation system ......................... 121Operating the radio ....................... 110

10 Index

Overview ......................................... 105Problem solving ............................. 194Selecting the home screen dis-play ................................................. 108Selecting the language ................. 107Setting the time ............................. 108Setting warning tones ................... 109Status and information ................. 108Switching on/off ............................ 106Video playback ............................... 118Warranty ........................................... 20

Message memory (color display) .......... 96Mirror

see Exterior mirrorsMirrorLink™

Using ............................................... 114Mirrors

see Rear-view mirrorMobile phone

Automatically downloadingdata (Media-System) ..................... 112Connecting (Audio-System) ......... 101Connecting (Media-System) ......... 111Frequencies .................................... 202Installation ..................................... 202Loading and updating thephone book (Audio-System) ......... 102Setting the sound (Audio-Sys-tem) ................................................. 102Transmission output (maxi-mum) ................................................ 202Using Android Auto™ .................... 114Using MirrorLink™ ........................ 114Using the telephone (Media-System) ........................................... 113Using voice control (Audio-System) ........................................... 103Using voice control (Media-System) ........................................... 115

Model seriessee Vehicle identification plate

Mounting wheelsMounting a new wheel .................. 152Preparing the vehicle .................... 150Raising the vehicle ........................ 150Removing a wheel .......................... 150Securing the vehicle againstrolling away ................................... 164

Multi-functional seatsee Seat

Multifunction steering wheelOverview ........................................... 30

N

NavigationAlternative route ........................... 125Changing the route ........................ 124Current location ............................. 127Destination memory ...................... 122Displaying the reachabilitymap .................................................. 127Entering a charging station as adestination ..................................... 122Entering a destination .................. 121Entering a destination byaddress ............................................ 121Entering a destination usinggeo-coordinates ............................. 122Entering a destination usingthe map ........................................... 122Entering a point of interest .......... 123Entering/saving your homeaddress ............................................ 122Reading map data .......................... 121Route details .................................. 124Selecting a destination from thelist of last destinations ................. 122Setting route planning .................. 125Setting the voice ............................ 129Starting ........................................... 121Starting route calculation ............ 124Switching announcementson/off ............................................... 126System settings ............................. 129TomTom Services ........................... 118Traffic information ........................ 127Troubleshooting ............................. 194Way points ...................................... 125

O

Occupant safetyAir bags ............................................. 39Belt warning ..................................... 39Children in the vehicle ................... 44

Index 11

PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ................................................. 41Pets in the vehicle ........................... 49Restraint system ............................. 35Restraint system warning lamp .... 35Seat belt ............................................ 37

On-board computerCalling up displays (color dis-play) .................................................. 94Important safety notes ................... 94Operation .......................................... 94Overview ........................................... 94Selecting the language ................... 97Setting/resetting values (colordisplay) ............................................. 96

On-board diagnostic interfacesee Diagnostics connection

On-screen keyboardChanging (Media-System) ............ 107

Operating safetyDeclaration of conformity ............... 22High-voltage electrical system ..... 23

Operating systemsee On-board computer

Operator's ManualVehicle equipment ........................... 20

Original parts ......................................... 19Outside temperature display ................ 94

Setting the units .............................. 97Outside temperatures

High-voltage battery ...................... 69Overhead control panel ......................... 32Overvoltage protection

High-voltage battery ...................... 69

P

Paint code number ............................... 196Paintwork (cleaning instructions) ...... 162Panic alarm ............................................. 35Park brake

see Parking brakeParking .................................................... 91

Engaging park position .................. 60Important safety notes ................... 91Parking brake ................................... 58Rear view camera ............................. 91

Parking brakeDisplay message ............................ 182General notes ................................... 58Warning lamp ................................. 182

Parking lampsSwitching on/off .............................. 77

PASSENGER AIR BAGIndicator lamps ................................ 41Problem (malfunction) .................. 180

Pets in the vehicle ................................. 49Point of interest

Entering .......................................... 123Power display ......................................... 62Power windows

see Side windowsPre-entry climate control andcharging

Color display .................................... 96Pre-entry climate control at depar-ture time

Setting departure time .................... 87Smart-Charging ............................... 87

Protection against theftAnti-theft alarm system ................. 92

Protection of the environmentGeneral notes ................................... 19

Pulling awayGeneral notes ................................... 57Hill start assist ................................ 59

Q

QR codeRescue card ...................................... 25

Qualified specialist workshop ............... 23

R

RadioDisplay mode .................................. 110i-Traffic (traffic reports) .............. 111Operating (Audio-System) ............ 100Operation (Media-System) ........... 110

Radio textDisplaying (Audio-System) .......... 101Displaying (Media-System) .......... 111

Radio type approvalsTire pressure monitor ................... 202

12 Index

Radio-wave reception/transmis-sion in the vehicle

Declaration of conformity ............... 22Rain and light sensor (display mes-sage) ...................................................... 193Rain sensor ............................................. 78Range

High-voltage battery ...................... 69Reading lamp .......................................... 77Rear fog lamp

Replacing bulbs ............................. 172Switching on/off .............................. 77

Rear lampReplacing bulbs ............................. 172

Rear soft topClosing ............................................ 133Opening ........................................... 133

Rear view cameraCleaning instructions ................... 160Function/notes ................................. 91Switching on/off .............................. 92

Rear window defrosterDefrosting the rear window(automatic climate control) ............ 86

Rear window wiperAutomatic rear window wiperwhen backing up ............................. 79Replacing the wiper blade ............ 158Switching on/off .............................. 79

Rear-view mirror .................................... 54Anti-glare (manual) ........................ 54Dipping (automatic) ........................ 54

Recyclingsee Protection of the environment

Reflective safety jacket ....................... 165Refrigerant (air-conditioning sys-tem)

Important safety notes ................. 198Replacing bulbs

Brake lamp ...................................... 172High-beam headlamps .................. 171Important safety notes ................. 171Installing/removing the cover(front wheel arch) .......................... 172Interior lighting ............................ 173LED ................................................... 172License plate lamp ........................ 173Low-beam headlamps ................... 171

Overview of bulb types ................. 199Rear fog lamp ................................. 172Rear lamp ........................................ 172Reversing lamp .............................. 172Turn signal lamp (rear) ................. 172

Replacing the bulbTurn signal lamp (front) ............... 172

Reporting safety defects ....................... 25Rescue card ............................................. 25Restraint system

Basic instructions ........................... 44Display message ............................ 180Function during an accident .......... 36Limited protection ........................... 35Operational readiness ..................... 35Protection provided ......................... 35System self-test .............................. 35Warning lamp ................................. 180Warning lamp (function) ................ 35

Restraint systemsMalfunction ...................................... 35

Reverse gearEngaging (automatic transmis-sion) ................................................... 60

Reversing featureSide windows .................................... 80

Reversing lampReplacing bulbs ............................. 172

Roadside Assistance (breakdown) ........ 20Roof lining and carpets (cleaningguidelines) ............................................ 163

S

SafetyChildren in the vehicle ................... 44see Occupant safetysee Operating safety

Safety systemsee Driving safety system

SD cardConnecting (Media-System) ......... 116Reading map data .......................... 121SD card slot ..................................... 105

SeatCorrect driver's seat position ......... 52Folding the front-passengerseat down ........................................ 134

Index 13

Seat beltLimited protection ........................... 37Protection provided ......................... 37

Seat beltsCleaning .......................................... 162Fastening .......................................... 38Releasing .......................................... 38Warning lamp ................................. 179Warning lamp (function) ................ 39

Seat heating ............................................ 88Seats

Adjusting (manually) ...................... 53Cleaning the cover ......................... 162Important safety notes ................... 53Switching seat heating on/off ........ 88

Selector leverCleaning .......................................... 162

Selector leversee Automatic transmission

Sensors (cleaning instructions) .......... 160Service appointment

Display message ............................ 183Service Center

see Qualified specialist workshopService cover ........................................ 139Service display

Calling up (color display) ............... 96Service products

Brake fluid ...................................... 198Coolant (engine) ............................. 141Important safety notes ................. 141Refrigerant (air-conditioningsystem) ............................................ 198Washer fluid ................................... 198

Services menu settingsTomTom Services ........................... 119

Setting the charge currentCharging cable variant 2 ................ 72

Side barsClosing the stowage well ................ 84Mounting .......................................... 84Removing .......................................... 83Stowing ............................................. 83

Side impact air bag ................................ 39Side turn signal lamps

Replacing bulbs ............................. 172Side windows

Cleaning .......................................... 161

Important safety information ........ 81Opening/closing ............................... 81Problem (malfunction) .................. 178Resetting ......................................... 178Reversing feature ............................ 80

smart centersee Qualified specialist workshop

Smart-ChargingFunction/notes ................................. 87

SmartKeyChanging the battery .................... 174Loss .................................................. 177Opening the soft top ........................ 83Problem (malfunction) .................. 177Starting the engine ......................... 57

SmartKey positions (ignition lock) ....... 57Smartphone

Inserting/removing ......................... 99Installing the bracket ..................... 99Operating the Audio-Systemvia the mobile phone ....................... 99

Smartphone ScreenSetting (Media -System) ............... 113

Snow chains .......................................... 157Socket (12 V)

Center console .................................. 89Socket (high-voltage battery)

see Vehicle socketSoft top

Cleaning .......................................... 161Closing .............................................. 82Closing the rear soft top ............... 133Closing the stowage well with-out the side bars .............................. 84Important safety notes ................... 82Opening ............................................. 82Opening the rear soft top .............. 133Removing the side bars .................. 83Stowing the side bars ...................... 83

SoundSetting (Audio-System) ................ 100Setting (Media-System) ................ 108

Sound generatorsee Acoustic presence indicator

Speakerssee Subwoofer

Special seat belt retractor ..................... 47Specialist workshop ............................... 23

14 Index

SpeedometerDigital ............................................... 94Displaying (digital speedome-ter) ..................................................... 97General information (digitalspeedometer) .................................... 96see Instrument cluster

Starting (engine) .................................... 57Starting the engine

see Starting (engine)Station

Setting (Media-System) ................ 110Station list

Updating (Media-System) ............ 111Station search

Audio-System ................................. 101Stations

Setting (Audio-System) ................ 100Setting a stored station (Audio-System) ........................................... 101Setting the station list (Audio-System) ........................................... 101Storing (Audio-System) ................ 101

SteeringDisplay message ............................ 190Warning lamps ............................... 190

Steering wheelButton overview ............................... 30Cleaning .......................................... 162

Steering wheel heatingSwitching on/off .............................. 88

Stowage areas ....................................... 131Stowage compartment in the tail-gate ........................................................ 132Stowage compartments

Center console ................................ 131Cup holders ..................................... 131Door ................................................. 131Eyeglasses compartment .............. 131Glove box ......................................... 131Important safety information ...... 131

SubwooferFitting/removing ........................... 139

Sun visor ................................................. 79

T

TailgateOpening dimensions ...................... 196Opening/closing ............................. 133Warning lamp ................................. 178

Tailgate (smart fortwo cabrio)Opening/closing ............................. 133

Technical dataInformation .................................... 196Vehicle data .................................... 196

Telephone bookLoading (Audio-System) ............... 102

Telephone operationAudio-System ................................. 102

TemperatureSetting (automatic climate con-trol) .................................................... 86

TimeSetting (Audio-System) ................ 100Setting (color display) .................... 97Setting the time format (colordisplay) ............................................. 97

Tire pressureChecking/correcting ...................... 156Display message ............................ 188Important safety notes ................. 154Not reached (TIREFIT) ................... 167Reached (TIREFIT) .......................... 168Recommended ................................ 154

Tire pressure monitorFunction/notes ............................... 153Radio type approval for the tirepressure monitor ........................... 202Restarting ....................................... 153Starting ............................................. 97Warning lamp ................................. 188

TIREFIT kit ............................................ 166Tires

Aspect ratio (definition) ............... 148Average weight of the vehicleoccupants (definition) ................... 147Bar (definition) .............................. 147Changing a wheel .......................... 149Characteristics ............................... 147Checking ......................................... 142Curb weight (definition) ............... 148Definition of terms ......................... 147

Index 15

Direction of rotation ...................... 152Distribution of the vehicleoccupants (definition) ................... 149DOT (Department of Transpor-tation) (definition) ......................... 147GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rat-ing) (definition) ............................. 148GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)(definition) ..................................... 148GVWR (Gross Vehicle WeightRating) (definition) ....................... 148Important safety notes ................. 142Increased vehicle weight due tooptional equipment (definition) .. 148Kilopascal (kPa) (definition) ........ 148Labeling (overview) ....................... 144Load bearing index (definition) ... 149Load index ...................................... 146Load index (definition) ................. 148M+S tires (winter tires) ................. 157Maximum load on a tire (defini-tion) ................................................. 148Maximum loadedvehicleweight(definition) ..................................... 148Maximum permissible tirepressure (definition) ..................... 148Maximum tire load ......................... 146Maximum tire load (definition) .... 148Optional equipment weight(definition) ..................................... 149PSI (pounds per square inch)(definition) ..................................... 148Rules for new tires ......................... 150Service life ...................................... 150Sidewall (definition) ...................... 149Snow chains .................................... 157Speed rating (definition) .............. 148Storing ............................................ 153Structure and characteristics(definition) ..................................... 147Temperature ................................... 144TIN (Tire Identification Num-ber) (definition) ............................. 149Tire bead (definition) .................... 149Tire pressure (definition) ............. 149Tire pressures (recommended) ..... 148Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity, speed rating .... 144

Tire tread ........................................ 142Tire tread (definition) ................... 149Total load limit (definition) .......... 149Traction ........................................... 143Traction (definition) ...................... 149Tread wear ...................................... 143Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards ........................................ 143Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards (definition) ................... 147Wear indicator (definition) ........... 149Wheel rim (definition) ................... 148see Flat tire

TomTom ServicesActivating ....................................... 119Introduction ................................... 118My Services menu .......................... 120Starting ........................................... 120Subscription status ....................... 120Traffic information menu ............. 128

Toolsee Vehicle tool kit

Top Tether .............................................. 47Total distance recorder

Color display .................................... 95Setting the display unit ................. 97

TouchscreenConfirming settings with"Done" .............................................. 107Operating the touchscreen ........... 106

Towing awayImportant safety guidelines ........ 168Installing the towing eye ............. 170Removing the towing eye ............. 170With both axles on the ground ..... 170

Traction systemsee ETS (Electronic Traction System)

Traffic reportsSwitching on/off ............................ 101

Transmissionsee Automatic transmission

Transporting the vehicle ..................... 170Trip computer

Displays ............................................ 95Trip meter

Color display .................................... 95Trip odometer

Displays (color display) .................. 95

16 Index

Trunksee Tailgate

Trunk (front)see Service cover

Trunk partitionInstalling ........................................ 134Removing ........................................ 135

Turn signal lamp (front)Replacing the bulb ........................ 172

Turn signal lamp (rear)Replacing bulbs ............................. 172

Turn signalsSwitching on/off .............................. 60

Two-way radioFrequencies .................................... 202Installation ..................................... 202Transmission output (maxi-mum) ................................................ 202

Type identification platesee Vehicle identification plate

U

Unit of measurement for distanceSetting ............................................... 97

UnitsSetting (on-board computer) ......... 97

UnlockingFrom inside the vehicle (centralunlocking button) ............................ 80With emergency key element ....... 175

USB deviceConnecting (Audio-System) ......... 103Connection (Media-System) ......... 116Operating (Audio-System) ............ 103

USB portAudio-System ................................... 98Media-System ................................ 105

V

ValuesSetting (color display) .................... 96

VehicleCorrect use ........................................ 24Data acquisition .............................. 25Electronics ........................................ 21Equipment ........................................ 20Limited Warranty ............................ 25

Loading ........................................... 136Locking (in an emergency) ........... 175Locking (SmartKey) ......................... 92Maintenance ..................................... 20Operating safety .............................. 21Parking .............................................. 91Parking for a long period .............. 163Raising ............................................ 150Reporting problems ......................... 24Securing from rolling away .......... 164Towing away .................................. 168Transporting .................................. 170Unlocking (in an emergency) ....... 175Unlocking (SmartKey) ..................... 52Vehicle data .................................... 196

Vehicle data .......................................... 196Vehicle dimensions .............................. 196Vehicle emergency locking ................. 176Vehicle identification number

see VINVehicle identification plate ................. 196Vehicle SmartKey

see SmartKeyVehicle socket

High-voltage battery ...................... 70Indicator lamp ................................. 70Problems during the chargingprocess ............................................ 183

Vehicle tool kit ..................................... 165Ventilation

see Climate controlVideo

Playback (Media-System) ............. 118VIN ......................................................... 196Voice Control System

Entering a destination in thenavigation system ......................... 122Problems with the voice controlsystem ............................................. 195Starting an application ................. 105

Voltage rangeHigh-voltage battery ...................... 68

VolumeAdjusting automatically ............... 100Setting (Audio-System) ................ 100Setting (Media-System) ................ 108

Index 17

W

Warning and indicator lampsABS ................................................... 186Brakes .............................................. 182Distance warning function (red) .. 191EBD ................................................... 186ESP® (yellow) .................................. 187High-voltage battery .................... 192Overview ........................................... 34Parking brake ................................. 182PASSENGER AIR BAG ........................ 42PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF ................ 180Restraint system ............................ 180Seat belt .......................................... 179Steering ........................................... 190Tire pressure monitor ................... 188

Warranty ................................................. 20Wheel bolt tightening torque .............. 152Wheels

Changing a wheel .......................... 149Checking ......................................... 142Cleaning .......................................... 160Important safety notes ................. 142Mounting a new wheel .................. 152Removing a wheel .......................... 150Snow chains .................................... 157Storing ............................................ 153Tightening torque ......................... 152

Wind screenInserting and removing .................. 85

Window curtain air bag ......................... 39Windows

see Side windowsWindshield

Defrosting (automatic climatecontrol) ............................................. 86

Windshield washer fluidsee Windshield washer system

Windshield washer systemAdding washer fluid ...................... 142Important safety notes ................. 142

Windshield wipersIntermittent wipe ............................ 78Problem (malfunction) .................. 179Rain sensor ....................................... 78Rear window wiper .......................... 79Replacing the wiper blades .......... 158

Switching on/off .............................. 78Wiping with windshield washerfluid ................................................... 78

Winter drivingSlippery road surfaces .................... 65Snow chains .................................... 157

Winter operationGeneral notes ................................... 65

Winter tiresM+S tires ......................................... 157

Wiper bladesCleaning .......................................... 161Replacing (rear window) ............... 158Replacing (windshield) ................. 158

Workshopsee Qualified specialist workshop

18 Index

Protection of the environment

General notes


Daimler's declared policy is one of com-prehensive environmental protection.

Our objectives are to use the naturalresources which form the basis of our exis-tence on this planet sparingly and in amanner which takes the requirements ofboth nature and humanity into consider-ation.

You too can help to protect the environ-ment by operating your vehicle in an envi-ronmentally-responsible manner.

Energy consumption and the rate ofengine, transmission, brake and tire weardepend on the following factors:

Roperating conditions of your vehicle

Ryour personal driving style

You can influence both factors. Therefore,please bear the following in mind:

Operating conditions:

Robserve the correct tire pressure.

Ravoid carrying unnecessary weight.

Rremove the roof rack once you no longerneed it.

Ra regularly serviced vehicle will con-tribute to environmental protection. Youshould therefore adhere to the serviceintervals.

Rall maintenance work should be carriedout at a qualified specialist workshop.

Personal driving style:

Rdrive carefully and maintain a safe dis-tance from the vehicle in front.

Ravoid frequent, sudden acceleration andbraking.

Rmonitor the vehicle's energy consump-tion.

High-voltage battery


Have a defective high-voltage battery dis-posed of in an environmentally-responsi-ble manner. Contact a specialist workshop,which is qualified for smart EQ fortwo,smart EQ fortwo cabrio or smart EQ forfour,and has the necessary special skills andtools to carry out the work required. smartrecommends a smart center for this.

Environmental concerns and recom-mendations

When prompted to dispose of materials bythis Operator's Manual, always try to re-useor recycle them first. Observe the relevantenvironmental rules and regulations whendisposing of materials. In this way you willhelp to protect the environment.

smart genuine parts


Daimler AG also supplies reconditionedmajor assemblies and parts which are ofthe same quality as new parts. They arecovered by the same Limited Warrantyentitlements as new parts.

! Air bags and Emergency TensioningDevices, as well as control units and sen-sors for these restraint systems, may beinstalled in the following areas of yourvehicle:

RdoorsRdoor pillarsRdoor sillsRseatsRcockpitRinstrument clusterRcenter consoleDo not install accessories such as audiosystems in these areas. Do not carry outrepairs or welding. You could impair the

>> Introduction. 19

Z

operating efficiency of the restraint sys-tems.Have aftermarket accessories installed ata qualified specialist workshop.

Only smart genuineparts or parts of the samequalitymaybeused. Additionally, only tires,wheels andaccessories approved for the spe-cific type of vehicle may be used.Always specify the vehicle identificationnumber (VIN) when ordering smart genuineparts.Using parts, tires, wheels or safety-relevantequipment not approved by smart couldendanger the operating safety of the vehicle.Safety-relevant systems, e.g. the brake sys-tem, could malfunction.Genuine smart parts are subject to strictquality control. Each part has been speciallydeveloped, manufactured or selected forsmart vehicles and fine-tuned for them.Therefore, only genuine smart parts shouldbe used.More than 300,000 different genuine smartparts are available for smart models.All smart center maintain a supply of genu-ine smart parts for necessary service andrepair work. In addition, strategically loca-ted parts delivery centers provide for a quickand reliable parts service.

Warranty for the smart Audio-Systemand smart Media-System

The smart sales organizationprovides awar-ranty for a period of 24 months without akilometer limit for the smart Audio-Systemand the smart Media-System.The warranty issuer is the respective salesorganization in the country in which theaccessory or replacement part was pur-chased (see list in the Maintenance Booklet).

Vehicle equipment

This Operator's Manual describes all modelsand all standard and optional equipmentavailable for the vehicle at the time of pub-lication of this Operator's Manual. Country-specific differences are possible. Please notethat the vehicle equipment may differ from

certain descriptions and illustrations provi-ded in this manual. This also applies tosafety-relevant systems and functions.The vehicle's original purchase contractdocumentation contains a list of all the sys-tems in your vehicle. Please contact anysmart center to help clarify any questionsrelated to the vehicle equipment and opera-tion.

Service and vehicle operation

Service and warranty information

The smart USA Warranty booklet (USA only)or the Warranty booklet (Canada only) con-tains detailed information about the war-ranties covering your smart, including:

Rsmart USA Limited Warranty (USA onlyRNew Vehicle Limited Warranty (Canadaonly)Rwarranty against perforation through cor-rosionRsmartmove Assistance (Canada only)RState warranty enforcement laws (LemonLaws)

Maintenance

The Service and Warranty Booklet describesall the necessary maintenance work whichshould be done at regular intervals.Always bring the Service and WarrantyInformation Booklet with you when bringingthe vehicle to an authorized smart center.The service advisor will record every servicefor you in the Service and Warranty Booklet.

Roadside Assistance

The smartmove Assistance (Canada) andsmart 1 service (USA) Program provides fac-tory trained technical help in the event of abreakdown. Calls to the toll-free RoadsideAssistance number1-800-762-7887 (in USA)1-877-627-8004 (in Canada)will be answered by smart Customer Assis-tance Representatives 24 hours a day, 365days a year. Roadside Assistancewill be pro-

20 >> Introduction.

vided in accordance with standard programguidelines which include providing serviceto the vehicle up to a reasonable distancefrom a paved roadway. We will make everyeffort to assist in a breakdown situation,however, the accessibility of your vehiclewill be determined by our authorized smartcenter technician or the tow service provideron a case-by-case basis and may be a factorin our ability to respond. Additional chargesmay be applicable for a breakdown locationdetermined not to be a reasonably accessibleroadside location as determined by ourauthorized technician and tow service pro-vider.For additional information refer to the smartRoadside Assistance Program brochure (USA)or the Warranty Booklet (Canada) in yourvehicle literature portfolio.

Change of address or change of owner-ship

In the USA: If you change your address, besure to send in the “Information ChangeCard” found in the Warranty InformationBooklet.In Canada: If you change your address, besure to send in the “Change of AddressNotice” found in the Warranty Booklet, orsimply call the Customer Service at1-800-387-0100.Maintaining your current address informa-tion with smart will enable us to contact youshould important new information about thevehicle, such as recalls, become available.If you sell your smart, please leave all liter-ature with the vehicle to make it available tothe next operator.In theUSA: If youbought this vehicle used, besure to send in the “Information ChangeCard” found in the Warranty InformationBooklet.In Canada: If you bought this vehicle used, besure to send in the “Notice of Pre‑OwnedVehicle Purchase” found in the WarrantyBooklet, or call the Customer Service at1-800-387-0100.

Operating your vehicle outside the USAor Canada

If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreigncountries, please be aware that servicefacilities or replacement parts may not bereadily available.

Operating safety

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If you do not have the prescribed service/maintenance work or any required repairscarried out, this can result inmalfunctionsor system failures. There is a risk of anaccident.

Always have the prescribed service/main-tenance work as well as any requiredrepairs carried out at a qualified specialistworkshop.

G WARNING

If you operate information systems andcommunication equipment integrated inthe vehicle when driving, you may be dis-tracted from the traffic situation. Youcould also lose control of the vehicle. Thereis a risk of an accident.

Only operate this equipment when thetraffic situation permits. If you are notsure that this is possible, park the vehiclepaying attention to traffic conditions andoperate the equipment when the vehicle isstationary.

G WARNING

Modifications to electronic components,their software as well as wiring can impairtheir function and/or the function of othernetworked components. In particular, sys-tems relevant to safety could also be affec-ted. As a result, these may no longer func-tion as intended and/or jeopardize theoperating safety of the vehicle. There is anincreased risk of an accident and injury.

>> Introduction. 21

Z

Never tamper with the wiring as well aselectronic components or their software.You should have all work to electrical andelectronic equipment carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

If you fail to adaptyourdriving style or if youare inattentive, the driving safety systemscan neither reduce the risk of accident noroverride the laws of physics. Driving safetysystems are merely aids designed to assistdriving. Thedriver is responsible for keepinga safe distance from the vehicle in front, forvehicle speed, for braking in good time andfor staying in lane. The driving style shouldalways be adjusted to the current street andweather conditions. An adequate safe dis-tance must be maintained at all times.You must observe the legal requirements forthe country in which you are currently driv-ingwhen operating information systems andcommunication devices integrated into thevehicle:

! There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if:

Rthe vehicle becomes stuck, e.g. on a highcurb or an unpaved roadRyou drive too fast over an obstacle, e.g. acurb, speed bumps or a pothole in theroadRa heavy object strikes the underbody orparts of the chassis

In situations like this, thebody, theunder-body, chassis parts, wheels or tires couldbe damaged without the damage beingvisible. Components damaged in this waycan unexpectedly fail or, in the case of anaccident, no longer withstand the strainthey are designed to.In such situations, have the vehiclechecked and repaired immediately at aqualified specialist workshop. If on con-tinuing your journey you notice that driv-ing safety is impaired, pull over and stopthe vehicle immediately, paying attentionto road and traffic conditions. In suchcases, consult a qualified specialist work-shop.

The multimedia device is equipped withtechnical provisions to protect it againsttheft. Further information is available fromany smart center.

The functionality of a roof antenna (radio,DAB) may be impaired if roof carriers areused. Metalized retrofit film onwindowsmayalso affect radio and GPS reception and havea negative impact on all other antenna func-tions in the vehicle interior.

Declarations of conformity

Vehicle components which receiveand/or transmit radio waves

USA: "The wireless devices of this vehiclecomply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-tion is subject to the following two condi-tions: 1) These devices may not cause harm-ful interference, and 2) These devices mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesired oper-ation. Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment."Canada: "The wireless devices of this vehiclecomply with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subjectto the following two conditions: (1) Thesedevices may not cause interference, and (2)These devices must accept any interference,including interference thatmay cause unde-sired operation of the device."

Diagnostics connection

The diagnostics connection is only intendedfor the connection of diagnostic equipmentat a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

If you connect equipment to a diagnosticsconnection in the vehicle, it may affect theoperation of vehicle systems. As a result,the operating safety of the vehicle could beaffected. There is a risk of an accident.

Only connect equipment to a diagnosticsconnection in the vehicle, which isapproved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.

22 >> Introduction.

G WARNING

Objects in the driver's footwell can restrictthe pedal travel or obstruct a depressedpedal. The operating and road safety of thevehicle is jeopardized. There is a risk of anaccident.

Make sure that all objects in the vehicle arestowed correctly, and that they cannotenter the driver's footwell. Install thefloormats securely and as specified inorder to ensure sufficient clearance for thepedals. Do not use loose floormats and donot place floormats on top of one another.

! If the engine is switched off and a devicewhich is connected to the on-board diag-nostics connection is being used, the bat-tery may discharge.

Qualified specialist workshop

A smart center is a qualified specialist work-shop. It has the necessary specialist knowl-edge, tools and qualifications to correctlycarry out the work required on your vehicle.This is especially the case for work relevantto safety.Observe the information contained in theMaintenance Booklet.Always have the following work carried outon your vehicle at a smart center:

Rwork relevant to safetyRservice and maintenance workRrepair workRalterations, installation work and modifi-cationsRwork on electronic componentsRreplacing the 12 V battery within the pre-scribed interval, at the latest every threeyears.

You can obtain up-to-date information con-cerning the servicing of your vehicle at anytime from a qualified specialist workshop,e.g. a smart center.

Replacing the 12 V battery

Observe the notes on the 12 V battery.

smart recommends that you have the 12 Vbattery replaced at a qualified specialistworkshop, e.g. at a smart center.If you intend to replace the battery yourself,please observe the following points:

Ralways replace a defective battery with abattery which fulfills the specific vehiclerequirementsThe vehicle is equippedwith either anAGM(Absorbent Glass Mat) technology batteryor a lithium-ionbattery. Full vehicle func-tionality is only guaranteedwith a batteryof the same technology. smart recommendsthat you only use batteries of the sametechnology which have been tested andapproved for your vehicle.Rcarry over detachable parts, e.g. thebreather hose, angled connecting piece orterminal cover from the battery which isbeing replacedRmake sure that the breather hose is alwaysconnected to the original opening on thebattery sideInstall the existing or supplied cell caps.Otherwise, gases or battery acid may leak.Rmake sure that the detachable parts arereconnected in the same way

High-voltage electrical system

Danger of electric shock

G DANGER

The vehicle's high-voltage electrical sys-tem is under high voltage. If you modifycomponents in the vehicle's high-voltageelectrical system or touch damaged com-ponents, you may be electrocuted. Thecomponents in the vehicle's high-voltageelectrical system may be damaged in anaccident, although the damage is not visi-ble. There is a risk of fatal injury.

Following an accident, do not touch anyhigh-voltage components and never mod-ify the vehicle's high-voltage electricalsystem. Have the vehicle towed away afteran accident and the vehicle's high-voltageelectrical system checked by a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

>> Introduction. 23

Z

All of the vehicle's high-voltage electricalsystem components are marked with yellowwarning stickers which warn you of the dan-gers of high voltages. The cables of the vehi-cle's high-voltage electrical system areorange in color.Observe the following before carrying outgeneral work such as changing a bulb orchecking the coolant level:

Rthe ignition is switched offRthe charging cable for charging the high-voltage battery is disconnected

Automatically switching off the vehicle'shigh-voltage electrical system

In order to prevent anyone coming into con-tact with high voltage, the high-voltageelectrical system is generally switched offautomatically in the following cases:

Rthe restraint systems are activated in theevent of an accidentRanelectrical short circuit is detected in thevehicle's high-voltage electrical systemRan electrical connection in the vehicle'shigh-voltage electrical system is discon-nected


G WARNING

In the event of a vehicle fire, the internalpressure of the high-voltage battery couldexceed a critical value. In this case, flam-mable gas escapes through a vent valve inthe vehicle's underbody. The gas couldignite. There is a risk of injury.

In cases of unusual smells developing,smoke or burn marks, stop the chargingprocess immediately.

Leave the danger area immediately. Securethe danger area at a suitable distance.

Contact a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

If the housing of the high-voltage batteryhas been damaged, electrolyte and gasesmay leak out. These are poisonous andcaustic. There is a risk of injury.

Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.Immediately rinse electrolyte splashes offwith water and seek medical attentionstraight away.

Correct use

If warning stickers are removed, youmay failto recognize certain dangers. Leave warningstickers in place.The following are important sources of infor-mation in regard to vehicle use:

Rsafety notes in this Operator's ManualRtechnical data in this Operator's ManualRtraffic rules and regulationsRlaws and safety standards pertaining tomotor vehicles

Problems with your vehicle

If you should experience a problemwith yourvehicle, particularly one that you believemay affect its safe operation, we urge you toimmediately contact an authorized smartcenter to have the problem diagnosed andcorrected if required. Do not drive the vehicleif youbelieve itmaynot be safely operated. Ifthe matter is not handled to your satisfac-tion, please discuss the problem with thesmart center management, or if necessarycontact us at one of the following addresses:In the USAMercedes-Benz USA, LLCThree Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645

24 >> Introduction.

In CanadaCustomer Relations Department98 Vanderhoof AvenueMercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.Toronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

Reporting malfunctions relevant tosafety

USA only:The following text is reproduced as requiredof all manufacturers under Title 49, Code ofU.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575 pursuantto the National Traffic and Motor VehicleSafety Act of 1966.If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition to noti-fying Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it mayopen an investigation, and if it finds that asafety defect exists in a group of vehicles, itmay order a recall and remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you, yourdealer, or Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.To contact NHTSA, you may call the VehicleSafety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153), go to http://www.safercar.gov or write to: Administrator,NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., WashingtonDC 20590.You can find more information on vehiclesafety under:http://www.safercar.gov

Limited Warranty

! Follow the instructions in this manualabout the proper operation of your vehicleas well as about possible vehicle damage.Damage to your vehicle that arises fromculpable contraventions against theseinstructions is not covered either by thesmart implied warranty or by the New orUsed-Vehicle Warranty.

QR codes for rescue card

The QR code is affixed on the charge socketflap and on the door pillar (B-pillar), on theopposite side. In the event of an accident,rescue services can use the QR code toquickly determine the corresponding rescuecard for a vehicle. The current rescue cardcontains the most important informationabout the vehicle in compact form, such asthe routing of the electric cables. Furtherinformation: www.mercedes-benz.de/qr-code

Data stored in the vehicle

Electronic control units

Your vehicle is equipped with electroniccontrol units. Some of them are necessary foryour vehicle to function safely, some providesupport when driving (driver assistancesystems). In addition, your vehicle offerscomfort or entertainment functions whichare also made possible with electronic con-trol units.Electronic control units contain data memo-ries which can permanently or temporarilystore technical information on vehicle con-dition, component stress, service require-ments as well as technical incidents andmalfunctions.This information generally documents thecondition of a component, amodule, a systemor the surroundings, for example:

Roperating states of system components(e.g. fluid levels, battery status, tire pres-sure)Rstatus messages of the vehicle or its indi-vidual components (e.g. wheel revolu-tions/speed, deceleration in movement,lateral acceleration, display of seat beltsfastened)Rmalfunctions and defects in key systemcomponents (e.g. the lights and brakes)Rinformation on incidents in which thevehicle is damagedRreactions of the systems in specific driv-ing situations (e.g. deployment of an airbag, use of stability control systems)Rambient conditions (e.g. temperature, rainsensor)

>> Introduction. 25

Z

In addition to the provision of control unitfunctions, this data serves to detect and rec-tifymalfunctions aswell as to optimize vehi-cle functions by the manufacturer. Most ofthis data is volatile and is only processed inthe vehicle itself. Only a small proportion ofthe data is stored in event or error memories.When service work is carried out on yourvehicle, the technical data from the vehiclecan be read out by service network staff (e.g.workshops, manufacturers) or third parties(e.g. breakdown services). Servicework is, forexample, repair work, maintenance, war-ranty claims and quality assurance meas-ures. The data is read out via the legally pre-scribed connection for the diagnostics con-nection in the vehicle. The respective work-shop of service network or third parties col-lect, process anduse thedata. Thedata docu-ments technical states of the vehicle, help infinding errors and in improving quality andare transferred to the manufacturer if nec-essary. In addition, themanufacturer is sub-ject to product liability. For this purpose, themanufacturer requires technical data fromvehicles.Malfunction memories in the vehicle can bereset by a service outlet during repairs orservice work.Depending on the equipment selected, youcan enter data in comfort and infotainmentfunctions of the vehicle.This includes, for example:

Rmultimedia data, such as music, films orphotos for playback in an integrated mul-timedia systemRaddress book data for use in an integratedhands-free system or an integrated navi-gation systemRnavigation destinations enteredRdata on the use of Internet servicesThis data can be saved locally in the vehicleor it is located on a device which you haveconnected to the vehicle (e.g. smartphone,USB memory stick or MP3 player). If this datais saved in the vehicle, you can delete it atany time. Transfer of this data to third par-ties only occurs at your request, especiallyas part of online services according to thesettings you have selected.You can save comfort settings/individuali-zation in the vehicle and change them at anytime.

Depending on the equipment, these include,for example:

Rsettings for seat and steering wheel posi-tionsRsuspension and air-conditioning settingsRindividualization such as interior lightingIf your vehicle is suitably equipped, you canconnect yourmobile phone or anothermobileend device with the vehicle. You can operatethese devices via the control elements inte-grated in the vehicle. Images and sound fromthe mobile phone can played back via themultimedia system. At the same time, certaininformation is transferred to your mobilephone.This includes, depending on the type of inte-gration, for example:

Rgeneral vehicle statusRposition dataThis allows the use of selected mobile phoneapps, e.g. navigation or music playback.There is no further interaction betweenmobile phone andvehicle; in particular thereis no active access to vehicle data. The pro-vider of the app being used determines howthe data may be further processed. Whichsettings you can adjust, if any, depends onthe specific app and the operating system ofyour mobile phone.

Online services

Wireless network connection

If your vehicle has a wireless network con-nection, thiswill permit the exchange of databetween your vehicle and further systems.The wireless network connection is enabledby a transmission and reception devicebelonging to the vehicle or via mobile enddevices (e.g. mobile phones) you bring intothe vehicle. Online functions can be used viathis wireless network connection. Theseinclude online services and applications/apps, which are provided by the manufac-turer or by other providers.

Manufacturer's own services

Regarding online services of the manufac-turer, the individual functions are describedby the manufacturer in a suitable place (e.g.

26 >> Introduction.

Operator's Manual, the manufacturer's web-site) along with the relevant data protectioninformation. Personal identification datamay be used to provide online services. Thedata exchange for this takes place via asecure connection, e.g. with themanufactur-er's IT systems intended for the purpose. Thecollecting, processing, and use of personalidentification data beyond the provision ofservices occurs exclusively on the basis of alegal permit or after due consent.Generally, you can enable or disable theservices and functions (which sometimeshave associated costs). In some cases, thisalso applies to the whole data connection ofthe vehicle. Excluded from this are speciallegally prescribed functions and services.

Services of third parties

If it is possible to use the online services ofother providers, these services are subject tothe responsibility as well as the data pro-tection and terms of use of the respectiveprovider. The manufacturer has no influenceon the contents exchanged whilst usingthese services.Please ask the respective service provider fordetails on the type, extent and purpose of thecollection and use of personal data in thecontext of third party services.

Event data recorders

This vehicle is equipped with an event datarecorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR isto record, in certain crash or near crash-likesituations, such as an air bag deployment orhitting a road obstacle, data that will assistin understanding how a vehicle's systemsperformed. The EDR is designed to recorddata related to vehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time, typically30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designed to recordsuch data as:

Rhow various systems in your vehicle areoperatingRwhether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastenedRhow far (if at all) the driver is depressingthe accelerator and/or brake pedal andRhow fast the vehicle is traveling

This data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in whichcrashes and injuries occur.NOTE: EDR data isrecordedbyyour vehicle only if a non-trivialcrash situation occurs; No data is recordedby the EDR under normal driving conditions.Nopersonal data (e.g., name, gender, age, andaccident location) are recorded. However,other parties, such as law enforcement, cancombine the EDR data with the type of per-sonal identification data routinely acquiredduring a crash investigation. EDR data maybe used in civil and criminalmatters as a toolin accident reconstruction, accident claims,and vehicle safety.Access to the vehicle and/or the EDR is nee-ded to read data that is recorded by an EDR,and special equipment is required. In addi-tion to the vehicle manufacturer, other par-ties that have the special equipment, such aslaw enforcement, can read the informationby accessing the vehicle or the EDR.EDR data may be used in civil and criminalmatters as a tool in accident reconstruction,accident claims and vehicle safety. Since theCrash Data Retrieval CDR tool that is used toextract data from the EDR is commerciallyavailable, Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC("MBUSA") expressly disclaims any and allliability arising from the extraction of thisinformation byunauthorizedMercedes-Benzpersonnel.MBUSA will not share EDR data with otherswithout the consent of the vehicle owners or,if the vehicle is leased, without the consentof the lessee. Exceptions to this representa-tion include responses to subpoenas by lawenforcement; by federal, state or local gov-ernment; in connection with or arising out oflitigation involving MBUSA or its subsidia-ries and affiliates; or, as required by law.Warning: the EDR is a component of theRestraint System Module. Tampering with,altering, modifying or removing the EDRcomponentmay result in amalfunction of theRestraint System Module and other systems.State laws or regulations regarding EDRsthat conflict with federal regulation are pre-empted. This means that in the event of suchconflict, the federal regulation governs. As ofFebruary 2013, 13 states have enacted lawsrelated to EDRs.

>> Introduction. 27

Z

Information on copyright

Information on licenses of Free and Open-Source software used in the vehicle and theelectronic components:http://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource

28 >> Introduction.

Dashboard

Function Page

: Charge level display 62Power display 62

; Instrument cluster 34

= Horn

? Windshield wipers combi-nation switch 78

A Automatic locking feature 80Hazard warning lamps 164

B Overhead control panel 32

C smart Audio-System 98smart Media-System 105

Function Page

D Climate control systemcontrol panel 85

E Ignition lock 57

F Control panel for:Tailgate releaseForward collision warning 50Acoustic presence indica-tor 60

G Lights combination switch 76

Dashboard 29

>>Ataglan

ce.

Multifunction steering wheel

Function Page

: Color display of the instru-ment cluster 94

; smart Audio-System 98smart Media-System 105

= WX Adjusts the vol-ume 105

Switches voice-oper-ated control on or off andaccepts or ends a call 105

? ® Increases or storesthe current speed 66gDecreases current speed 66

A ° Calls up the last speedstored 66

Function Page

B ± Interrupts cruisecontrol 66

C ¯ Cruise control buttonu Activates cruise con-trol 66^ Deactivates cruisecontrol 66

D 9: Scrolls throughmenus 94a Confirms the selec-tion 96

30 Multifunction steering wheel>>

Ataglan

ce.

Center console with drawer

Function Page

: Cup holder 131Ashtray 89

; Drawer 131

= smart fortwo coupe: coinholder

= smart fortwo cabrio: opensand closes the soft top 82

? Selector lever 60

A Parking brake 58

Function Page

B Cigarette lighter 8812 V socket 89

C smart Media-System: AUXconnection, USB port andSD card slot 105

D Cup holder 131

E Selector lever positionindicator 59

F ECO mode 61

Center console with drawer 31

>>Ataglan

ce.

Overhead control panel

Function Page

: Left-hand reading lamp 77

; Interior lighting 77

= Right-hand reading lamp 77

Function Page

? PASSENGERAIRBAG indica-tor lamps 41

A Rear-view mirror 54

32 Overhead control panel>>

Ataglan

ce.

Door control panel

Function Page

: Opens the door 80

; Adjusts the exterior mir-rors 55

Function Page

= Opens and closes the sidewindows 81

Door control panel 33

>>Ataglan

ce.

Displays shown in the instrument cluster and the display

Function Page

: Speedometer

; Display

= Warning and indicatorlamps

C Doors or tailgate 178

7 Seat belts 179

6 Restraint system 180

þ Drive diagnostics 183

$ USA: brakes 182

J Canada: brakes 182

ò USA: ABS 186

! Canada: ABS 186

÷ ESP® 51

h Tire pressure monitoringsystem 188

Function Page

· Distance warning signal 191

^ Forward collision warning 191

# 12 V battery 192

R Rear fog lamp 77

O Front fog lamps 77

K High-beam headlamps 76

L Low-beam headlamps 76

T Parking lamps 77

è Charging cable 183

¯ Cruise control 192

¯

°

Next service due date

183

õ READY indicator 192

34 Displays shown in the instrument cluster and the display>>

Ataglan

ce.

Activating and deactivating the panicalarm

X To activate: press the ! button on theSmartKey for about two seconds.An alarm sounds and the exterior lightingflashes.

X Todeactivate: press the!button on theSmartKey.

Occupant safety

Restraint system

Protectionprovidedby the restraint sys-tem

The restraint system includes the:

RSeat belt systemRAir bagsIn an accident the restraint system can:

Rreduce the risk of vehicle occupants com-ing into contact with parts of the vehicleinteriorRreduce the forces to which vehicle occu-pants are subjected

A seat belt can only provide maximum pro-tection when worn correctly. Depending onthe type of accident detected, EmergencyTensioningDevices and/or air bagsmay sup-plement a correctly worn seat belt. Not everyaccident will trigger the Emergency Ten-sioning Devices and/or deploy the air bags.To ensure that the restraint system providesthemaximumprotection, every vehicle occu-pant must:

Rhave the seat belt fastened correctlyRsit in a position that is as upright as pos-sible with the back against the seat back-restRhave their feet resting on the floor, if pos-sibleRalways be secured in special additionalrestraint systems suitable for your vehicleif under 5 ft (1.50 m) tall

However, no system available today cancompletely eliminate injuries and fatalitiesin every accident. In particular, the seat beltand air bag generally do not protect againstobjects penetrating the vehicle from the out-

side. The risk of injuries due to a deployed airbag also cannot be completely eliminated.

Limited protection from restraint system

G WARNING

Modifications to the restraint system maycause it to no longer work as intended. Therestraint system may then not perform itsintended protective function and may failin an accident or trigger unexpectedly, forexample. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Nevermodify parts of the restraint system.Never tamper with the wiring, the elec-tronic components or their software.

If the vehicle needs to be adjusted to accom-modate a person with disabilities, contact aqualified specialist workshop. smart recom-mends that you only use driving assistancesystems which have been approved for yourvehicle by smart.Contact a smart center for details. USA only:contact our Customer Assistance Center on1‑800‑762‑7887 for more details.

Preparing the restraint system for oper-ation

When the ignition is switched on, the 6restraint system warning lamp lights upduring the self-check. It goes out no laterthan a few seconds after the vehicle is star-ted. The components of the restraint systemare then ready for operation.

Restraint system malfunctions

RWhen the ignition is switched on, the 6restraint system warning lamp does notlight up.RWhile driving, the 6 restraint systemwarning lamp remains lit or lights uprepeatedly.

If the restraint system ismalfunctioning, thevehicle's high-voltage electrical systemmay also not be deactivated as intended inthe event of an accident.

Occupant safety 35

>>Sa

fety.

Z

G DANGER

If the restraint system is malfunctioning,restraint system components may be trig-gered unintentionally or may not deployas intended during an accident. This canaffect for example the Emergency Tension-ing Device or the air bag. Furthermore, inthe event of an accident, the vehicle'shigh-voltage electrical system may not bedeactivated as intended. You may be elec-trocuted if you touch the damaged compo-nents of the vehicle's high-voltage elec-trical system. This poses an increased riskof injury or even fatal injury.

Have the restraint system checked andrepaired in a qualified specialist workshopas soon as possible. After an accident,switch off the ignition immediately andremove the key from the ignition lock.

Restraint system response during anaccident

How the restraint system works depends onthe severity of the impact detected and theapparent type of accident:

RHead-on collisionRRear impactRSide impactRRolloverThe activation threshold for the restraintsystem components is determined based onthe analysis of the sensor valuesmeasuredatvarious points in the vehicle. This process ispre-emptive in nature. The triggering proc-ess of the restraint system componentsshould take place in good time at the start ofthe collision.Factors which can only be seen and meas-ured after a collision has occurred do notplay a decisive role in the deployment of anair bag, nor do they provide an indication ofair bag deployment.The vehicle can be deformed considerably,without an air bag being deployed. This isthe case if only parts which are relativelyeasily deformed are affected and the rate of

vehicle deceleration is not high. Conversely,air bags may be deployed even though thevehicle suffers only minor deformation. If,for instance, very rigid vehicle parts such aslongitudinal body members are hit, the rateof vehicle deceleration may be sufficient.The restraint system components can beactivated or triggered independently of eachother:

Components Detected trigger sit-uation

Emergency Ten-sioning Device(ETD) for seat belts

Frontal collision,rear collision, sideimpact, rollover

Driver's air bag,front passengerfront air bag andknee air bag

Head-on collision

Side impact air bag Side impact

Window curtain airbag1 or headbag2

Side impact, roll-over, frontal colli-sion

The front-passenger front air bag can bedeployed in an accident only if thePASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is lit.If the front-passenger seat is occupied,makesure both before and during the journey thatthe status of the front passenger front air bagis correct (Y page 41).

G WARNING

The air bag parts are hot after an air baghasbeendeployed. There is a risk of injury.

Do not touch the air bag parts. Have adeployed air bag replaced at a qualifiedspecialist workshop as soon as possible.

i smart recommends that you have thevehicle towed to a qualified specialistworkshop following an accident. This isparticularly important when an Emer-gency Tensioning Device or an air bag hasbeen deployed.

1 smart fortwo coupe.2 smart fortwo cabrio.

36 Occupant safety>>

Safety.

If the Emergency Tensioning Devices aretriggered or an air bag is deployed, you willhear a bang, and a small amount of powdermay also be released:

RThe bangwill not usually affect your hear-ing.RThe powder that is released generally doesnot constitute a health hazard, but it maycause short-term breathing difficulties inpeople with asthma or other respiratoryproblems.Provided it is safe to do so, leave the vehi-cle immediately or open the window inorder to prevent breathing difficulties.

Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Ten-sioning Devices (ETDs) contain perchloratematerial, which may require special han-dling and regard for the environment.National guidelinesmust be observed duringdisposal. In California, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm.

Seat belts

Protection provided by seat belts

Always fasten seat belts correctly beforecommencing your journey. A seat belt canonlyprovidemaximumprotectionwhenworncorrectly.

G WARNING

If the seat belt is not worn correctly, itcannot perform its intended protectivefunction. An incorrectly fastened seat beltcan also cause injuries, for example, in theevent of an accident or when braking orchangingdirection abruptly. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Always ensure that all vehicle occupantshave their seat belts fastened correctlyand are sitting properly.

Always observe the notes on correct driver'sseat position (Y page 52) and seat adjust-ment (Y page 53).Every vehicle occupantmust observe the fol-lowing notes to ensure a properly worn seatbelt can provide full protection.

RThe seat belt must:- not be twisted and must be tight and fitsnugly across your body

- be routed across the center of the shoul-der and as low down across your hips aspossible

RThe shoulder section of the seat beltshould not touch your neck or be routedunder your arm or behind your back.RAvoidwearing bulky clothing, e.g. awintercoat.RPress the lap belt down into your hip jointsand pull taut by the shoulder section of thebelt. The lap belt must never be routedacross your stomach or abdomen.RNever route the seat belt across sharp,pointed, abrasive or fragile objects.ROnly one person per seat belt. Infants andchildren must never travel sitting on thelap of a vehicle occupant.RNever secure objects with a seat belt if theseat belt is also being used by one of thevehicle's occupants. Always observe thenotes on "Loading the vehicle" for securingobjects, luggage or loads (Y page 132).Also ensure that there are never objectsbetween a person and the seat, e.g. cush-ions.

The seat belt on the front-passenger side isequipped with a special seatbelt retractor.Further information can be found under"Special seatbelt retractor" (Y page 47).If children are traveling in the vehicle, besure to observe the instructions and safetynotes on "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 44).

Limited protection from seat belts

G WARNING

The seat belt does not offer the intendedlevel of protection if you have not movedthe backrest to an almost vertical position.When braking or in the event of an acci-dent, you could slide underneath the seatbelt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries,for example. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that the

Occupant safety 37

>>Sa

fety.

Z

backrest is in an almost vertical positionand that the shoulder section of your seatbelt is routed across the center of yourshoulder.

G WARNING

Persons less than 5 ft (1.50 m) tall cannotwear the seat belt correctly without anadditional and suitable restraint system.If the seat belt is not worn correctly, itcannot perform its intended protectivefunction. An incorrectly fastened seat beltcan also cause injuries, for example, in theevent of an accident or when braking orchangingdirection abruptly. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

For this reason, always secure personsunder 5 ft (1.50 m) tall in suitable addi-tional restraint systems.

G WARNING

If there are objects between the seat andthe door blocking the moving belt anchor-age on the seat, this impairs the restraintprovided by the seat belt. The seat belt canthen no longer perform its intended pro-tective function. This poses an increasedrisk of injury or even fatal injury.

Make sure there are no objects between theseat and the door before commencing yourjourney.

G WARNING

The seat beltsmaynot perform their inten-ded protective function if:

Rthey are damaged, modified, extremelydirty, bleached or dyed

Rthe seat belt buckle is damaged orextremely dirty

Rthe Emergency Tensioning Devices, beltanchorages or inertia reels have beenmodified.

Seat belts may be damaged in an accident,although the damage may not be visible,e.g. due to splinters of glass. Modified or

damaged seat belts may tear or fail, e.g. inan accident. Modified Emergency Tension-ing Devices could accidentally trigger orfail to deploy when necessary. This posesan increased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Never modify the seat belts, EmergencyTensioning Devices, belt anchorages andinertia reels. Make sure that the seat beltsare undamaged, not worn out and clean.Following an accident, have the seat beltschecked immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Only use seat belts which have beenapproved specifically for your vehicle bysmart.

G WARNING

Emergency Tensioning Devices that havedeployed pyrotechnically are no longeroperational and are unable to performtheir intended protective function. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.

Have pyrotechnically triggered Emer-gency Tensioning Devices replaced imme-diately at a qualified specialist workshop.

smart recommends that you have the vehicletowed to a qualified specialist workshop fol-lowing an accident.

! Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolledup. Otherwise, the seat belt or belt tonguewill be trapped in the door or in the seatmechanism. This could damage the door,the door trim panel and the seat belt. Dam-aged seat belts can no longer fulfill theirprotective function and must be replaced.Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Fastening and releasing the seat belt

If the seat belt is pulled quickly or sharply,the inertia reel locks. The belt strap cannotbe extracted any further.

! If the front-passenger seat is not occu-pied, do not engage the seat belt tongue inthe buckle on the front-passenger seat.Otherwise, in addition to other systems,


Safety.

the Emergency Tensioning Device couldalso be triggered in the event of an acci-dent and would need to be replaced.

For easy fastening, the seat belt passesthrough the seat belt guide on the side of theseat.

: Buckle; Seat belt tongue

X To fasten: always engage belt tongue; ofthe seat belt in buckle : of the corre-sponding seat.

X To unfasten: press the release button inbelt buckle : and use belt tongue ; toguide the belt back.

Seat belt warning for the driver and frontpassenger

The 7 seat belt warning lamp in theinstrument display is a reminder that allvehicle occupants must wear their seat beltscorrectly.After each start, the 7 seat belt warninglamp flashes for six seconds.In addition, there may be a warning tone.The belt warning goes out as soon as thedoors are closed and the driver and front-passenger fasten their seat belts.The belt warning comes on:

Rif the vehicle exceeds a speed of 12 mph(20 km/h) once and neither the driver northe front passenger have fastened theirseat beltRif the driver or front-passenger unfastentheir seat belt while the vehicle is moving

Air bags

Overview of air bags

The installation point of an air bag can berecognized by the AIRBAG marking.When deployed, an air bag can increase theprotection provided for the respective vehi-cle occupant.

Air bag Possible protectionfor…

: Headbag3 Head

; Driver's kneebag

Thigh, knee and lowerleg

= Driver's airbag

Head and thorax

? Front-passengerknee bag

Thigh, knee and lowerleg

A Front-passengerfront air bag

Head and thorax

B Window cur-tain air bag4

Head

C Side impactair bag

Thorax and pelvis

The front-passenger front air bag can bedeployed in an accident only if thePASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is lit.If the front-passenger seat is occupied,makesure both before and during the journey thatthe status of the front passenger front air bagis correct (Y page 41).

3 smart fortwo cabrio.4 smart fortwo coupe.

Occupant safety 39

>>Sa

fety.

Z

Protection provided by the air bags

Depending on the type of accident, an air bagcan supplement a correctly worn seat beltand provide added protection.

G WARNING

If youdonot sit in the correct seat position,the air bag cannot protect as intended andcould even cause additional injury whendeployed. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

To avoid hazardous situations, alwaysmake sure that all of the vehicle's occu-pants:

Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly,including pregnant women

Rare sitting correctly and maintain thegreatest possible distance to the airbags

Rfollow the following instructions

Alwaysmake sure that there are no objectsbetween the air bagand thevehicle's occu-pants.

To avoid risks as a result of a deployed airbag:

RAdjust seats correctly before starting yourjourney and move the driver's and front-passenger seat as far back as possible.Always observe the information on thecorrect driver's seat position (Y page 52).ROnly hold onto the outside of the steeringwheel rim. This allows the air bag to befully deployed.RAlways lean against the backrest whiledriving. Do not lean forwards or leanagainst the door or side window. You mayotherwise be in the deployment area of theair bags.RAlways keep your feet on the floor. Do notput your feet on the dashboard, for exam-ple. Your feet may otherwise be in thedeployment area of the air bag.RWhen children are traveling in the vehicle,follow the related additional notes(Y page 44).RAlways properly stow and secure objects.

Objects in the vehicle interior may limit anair bag's ability to function correctly. There-fore, always make sure that:

RThere are no people, animals or objectsbetween the vehicle occupants and an air-bag.RThere are no objects between the seat, thedoor and the door pillar (B-pillar).RNo hard objects, e.g. coat hangers, arehanging on the grab handles or coat hooks.RNo accessories, such as cup holders, areattached within the deployment area of anairbag, e.g. to doors, side windows or sidetrim panels.RNo heavy, sharp-edged or fragile objectsare kept in the pockets of clothing. Storesuch objects in a suitable place.

Limited protection from air bags

G WARNING

If you modify the air bag cover or affixobjects such as stickers to it, the air bagcan no longer function correctly. There isan increased risk of injury.

Never modify an air bag cover or affixobjects to it.

G WARNING

Unsuitable seat covers can obstruct oreven prevent the deployment of the airbags integrated in the seats. Conse-quently, the air bags cannot protect vehi-cle occupants as intended. In addition, theoperation of the automatic front-passenger front air bag deactivation sys-tem could be restricted. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Only use seat covers that have beenapproved for the corresponding seats bysmart.

G WARNING

Sensors to control the air bags are locatedin thedoors.Modifications orworknot per-formed correctly to the doors or door pan-eling, aswell as damaged doors, can lead to


Safety.

the function of the sensors being impaired.The air bags might therefore not functionproperly anymore. Consequently, the airbags cannot protect vehicle occupants asthey are designed to do. There is anincreased risk of injury.

Never modify the doors or parts of thedoors. Always have work on the doors ordoor paneling carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

G WARNING

A deployed air bag no longer offers anyprotection and cannot provide the inten-ded protection in an accident. There is anincreased risk of injury.

Have the vehicle towed to a qualified spe-cialist workshop in order to have adeployed air bag replaced.

Have deployed air bags replaced immedi-ately.

Status of the front-passenger front airbag

Important notes when the front-passengerseat is occupiedThe automatic front-passenger front air bagshutoff candetectwhether apersonor a childrestraint system is on the front-passengerseat. The front passenger front air bag isactivated or deactivated accordingly.When installing a child restraint system onthe front-passenger seat, observe the fol-lowing:

REnsure that the child restraint system ispositioned correctly (Y page 47).RAlways observe the child restraint systemmanufacturer's installation instructions.RNever place objects under or behind thechild restraint system, e.g. cushions.RThe entire base of the child restraint sys-tem must always rest on the seat cushionof the front-passenger seat.RThe backrest of the forward-facing childrestraint system must lie as flat as possi-

ble against the backrest of the front-passenger seat.RThe child restraint system does not touchthe roof. Adjust the angle of the backrestappropriately.

G WARNING

Objects between the seat surface and thechild restraint system could affect thefunction of the automatic front-passengerfront air bag deactivation system. Thiscould result in the front-passenger air bagnot functioning as intended during anaccident. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Do not place any objects between the seatsurface and the child restraint system. Theentire base of the child restraint systemmust always rest on the seat cushion of thefront-passenger seat. The backrest of theforward-facing child restraint systemmust, as far as possible, be resting on thebackrest of the front-passenger seat.Always comply with the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installationinstructions.

A person on the front-passenger seat must:

Rhave the seat belt fastened correctlyRbe in an almost upright position with theirback against the seat backrestRhave their feet resting on the floor, if pos-sible

The front passenger front air bag can other-wise be deactivated by mistake, for instancebecause the front passenger:

Rtransfers their weight by supportingthemselves on a vehicle armrestRsits in such a way that the weight on theseat cushion is reduced

G WARNING

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is lit, the front-passenger front airbag is disabled. It will not be deployed inthe event of an accident and cannot per-form its intended protective function. Aperson in the front-passenger seat couldthen, for example, come into contact with

Occupant safety 41

>>Sa

fety.

Z

the vehicle's interior, especially if the per-son is sitting too close to the dashboard.This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.

When the front-passenger seat is occu-pied, always ensure that:

Rthe classification of the person in thefront-passenger seat is correct and thefront-passenger front air bag is enabledor disabled in accordance with the per-son in the front-passenger seat

Rthe front-passenger seat has beenmoved back as far back as possible.

Rthe person is seated correctly.

Make sure, both before and during thejourney, that the status of the front-passenger front air bag is correct.

Always observe the notes on the function ofthe PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps.

PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamp

Automatic front-passenger front air bagshutoff self-check

Both PASSENGER AIR BAG ON and OFF indi-cator lamps are lit during the system self-check when the ignition is switched on.Then the indicator lamps display the statusof the front passenger front air bag:

RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up: the frontpassenger front air bag is activated. If, inthe event of an accident, all deploymentcriteria are met, the front passenger frontair bag is deployed.RPASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up: thefront passenger front air bag is deactiva-

ted. It will then not be deployed in theevent of an accident.

If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF indicator lampand the 6 child restraint system warninglamp both light up, the front-passenger seatmay not be used. In this case, do not install achild restraint system on the front-passenger seat. Have the automatic front-passenger front air bag shutoff checked andrepaired immediately at a qualified special-ist workshop.

Status indicatorIf the front-passenger seat is occupied,makesure that the status of the front passengerfront air bag is correct depending on the sit-uation both before and during the journey.

After installing a rearward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passengerseat:

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF must be lit con-tinuously.

G WARNING

If you secure a child in a rearward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat and the PASSENGER AIRBAG ON indicator lamp is lit up, the front-passenger front air bag may deploy in anaccident. The child could be struck by theair bag. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Make sure that the front-passenger frontair bag has been deactivated. ThePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampmust be lit.

NEVER use a rearward-facing childrestraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVEFRONT AIR BAG in front of it; DEATH orSERIOUS INJURY to the child can occur.

When installing a child restraint system onthe front-passenger seat observe the vehi-cle-specific notes (Y page 48).Depending on the child restraint system andthe stature of the child, the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp may be lit. In thiscase a rearward-facing child restraint sys-


Safety.

tem may not be installed on the front-passenger seat.

After installing a forward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passengerseat:

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or PASSENGER AIRBAGONmaybe lit continuously, dependingon the child restraint system and thechild's stature. Always observe the follow-ing notes.

G WARNING

If you secure a child in a forward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat and you position the front-passenger seat too close to the dashboard,in the event of an accident, the child could:

Rcome into contact with the vehicle'sinterior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp is lit, for example

Rbe struck by the air bag if thePASSENGER AIR BAG ON is lit up

This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.

Move the front-passenger seat as far backas possible. Always make sure that theshoulder belt strap is correctly routed fromthe vehicle belt guide to the shoulder beltguide on the child restraint system. Theshoulder belt strap must be routed for-wards and downwards from the belt guide.Always observe the child restraint systemmanufacturer's installation instructions.

When installing a child restraint system onthe front-passenger seat observe the vehi-cle-specific notes (Y page 48).

If a person is sitting on the front-passenger seat:

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or PASSENGER AIRBAGONmaybe lit continuously, dependingon the person's stature. Always observethe following notes.

If the front-passenger seat is occupied by:

Ran adult or a person of corresponding stat-ure, the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicatorlamp must be lit continuously. This indi-cates that the front passenger front air bagis activated.If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is lit, an adult or a person with a cor-responding staturemust not use the front-passenger seat.Ra person of smaller stature (e.g. a teenageror small adult), either the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or the PASSENGER AIR BAG ONindicator lamp lights up and remains litdepending on the result of the classifica-tion:- PASSENGERAIRBAGON remains lit: movethe front-passenger seat as far back aspossible.

- PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF remains lit: aperson of smaller stature should not usethe front-passenger seat.

G WARNING

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains lit after the self-check, thefront-passenger front air bag is deactiva-ted. It will not be deployed in the event ofan accident. In this case, the front-passenger front air bag cannot perform itsintended protective function, e.g. when aperson is seated in the front-passengerseat.

That person could, for example, come intocontact with the vehicle's interior, espe-cially if the person is sitting too close tothe dashboard. This poses an increasedrisk of injury or even fatal injury.

When the front-passenger seat is occu-pied, always ensure that:

Rthe classification of the person in thefront-passenger seat is correct and thefront-passenger front air bag is enabledor deactivated in accordance with theperson in the front-passenger seat

Rthe person is seated properly with a cor-rectly fastened seatbelt

Rthe front-passenger seat has beenmoved as far back as possible

Occupant safety 43

>>Sa

fety.

Z

If children are traveling in the vehicle, besure to observe the notes on "Children in theVehicle" (Y page 44).

Traveling safely with children in thevehicle

Observe carefully when children aretraveling in the vehicle

Being consistent

i Be sure to observe the safety notes rele-vant to the situation. In doing so, you willbe able to identify possible risks and avoiddangerswhen children are traveling in thevehicle (Y page 44).

Bear in mind that negligence when securingthe child in the child restraint system mayhave serious consequences. Always be con-sistent and secure a child carefully beforeeach journey.To improve protection for children youngerthan twelve years old and under 5 ft (1.50 m)in height, smart recommends you alwaysobserve the following notes:

RAlways secure the child in a child restraintsystem suitable for your smart vehicle.RThe child restraint system must be appro-priate to the age, weight and size of thechild.RThe vehicle seat must be suitable for thechild restraint system to be installed(Y page 47).

The generic term child restraint system

The generic term child restraint system isused in this Operator's Manual. A childrestraint system is, for example:

Ra baby car seatRa rearward-facing child seatRa forward-facing child seatRa child booster seat with a backrest andseat belt guides

The child restraint system must be appro-priate to the age, weight and size of the child.

Observing laws and regulations

Always observe the legal requirements whenusing a child restraint system in the vehicle.

Observing the standards for childrestraint systems

All child restraint systems must meet thefollowing standards:

RU.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stand-ards 213 and 225RCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards213 and 210.2

Confirmation that the child restraint systemcorresponds to the standards canbe found onan instruction label on the child restraintsystem. This confirmation can also be foundin the installation instructions that areincluded with the child restraint system.

Detecting risks, avoiding danger

Securing systems for child restraint sys-tems in the vehicle

Only use the following securing systemswith the child restraint systems:

Rthe vehicle's seat belt systemRthe Top Tether anchoragesThe risk of incorrectly installing the childrestraint system can be reduced by simplyinstalling it on the securing rings of thevehicle.A booster seat may be necessary to achieveproper seat belt positioning for children over40 lbs (18 kg) or until they reach a height atwhich a lap/shoulder belt fits properly with-out a booster seat.smart recommends a suitable child boosterseat with a backrest and seat belt guides.

Advantage of a rearward-facing childrestraint system

Babies or infants should preferably travel ina suitable rearward-facing child restraintsystem. In this case, the child is seated in theopposite direction to the direction of traveland is facing backwards.Babies and infants have comparativelypoorly developed neck muscles in relation to

44 Traveling safely with children in the vehicle>>

Safety.

the size and weight of their head. A rear-ward-facing child restraint system canreduce the risk of injury to the cervical spinein an accident.

Secure the child restraint system cor-rectly at all times

G WARNING

If the child restraint system is installedincorrectly on a suitable seat, it cannotprotect as intended. The child cannot thenbe restrained in the event of an accident,heavy braking or sudden changes of direc-tion. There is an increased risk of injury,possibly even fatal.

Make sure that you observe the childrestraint system manufacturer's installa-tion instructions and the notes on use.Please ensure, that the base of the childrestraint system is always resting com-pletely on the seat cushion. Never placeobjects, e.g. cushions, under or behind thechild restraint system. Only use childrestraint systems with the original coverdesigned for them. Only replace damagedcovers with genuine covers.

G WARNING

If the child restraint system is installedincorrectly or is not secured, it can comeloose in the event of an accident, heavybraking or a sudden change in direction.The child restraint system could be thrownabout, striking vehicle occupants. There isan increased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.

Always install child restraint systemsproperly, even if they are not being used.Make sure that you observe the childrestraint system manufacturer's installa-tion instructions.

RBe sure to observe the installation andoperating instructions provided by themanufacturer for the child restraint sys-

tem being used as well as the vehicle-spe-cific notes at all times:- Securing the child restraint systemwiththe seat belt on the front-passenger seat(Y page 48). Observe the specific noteson rearward-facing and forward-facingchild restraint systems.If the front-passenger seat is occupied,make sure that the status of the frontpassenger front air bag is correctdepending on the situation both beforeand during the journey.

RObserve the warning labels in the vehicleinterior and on the child restraint system.RAlso secure Top Tether, if available.

Do not modify the child restraint system

G WARNING

If you modify a child restraint system oraffix objects to it, e.g. toys or unsuitableaccessories, the child restraint systemmay no longer function properly. There isan increased risk of injury.

Never modify a child restraint system.Only affix accessories which have beenspecially approved for this child restraintsystem by the child restraint system'smanufacturer.

Only use child restraint systems whichare not damaged

G WARNING

Child restraint systems or their securingsystemswhich have been damaged or sub-jected to a load inanaccident canno longerprotect as intended. The child cannot thenbe restrained in the event of an accident,heavy braking or sudden changes of direc-tion. There is an increased risk of injury,possibly even fatal.

Replace child restraint systems whichhave been damaged or subjected to a loadin anaccident as soonaspossible. Have thesecuring systems on the child restraintsystem checked at a qualified specialist

Traveling safely with children in the vehicle 45

>>Sa

fety.

Z

workshop, before you install a childrestraint system again.

Avoiding direct sunlight

G WARNING

If the child restraint system is subjected todirect sunlight, parts may get very hot.Children may burn themselves on theseparts, particularly on themetal parts of thechild restraint system. There is a risk ofinjury.

If you leave the vehicle, taking the childwith you, always ensure that the childrestraint system is not exposed to directsunlight. Protect it with a blanket, forexample. If the child restraint system hasbeen exposed to direct sunlight, let it cooldown before securing the child in it. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

Observe the following when stopping orparking

G WARNING

If you leave children unsupervised in thevehicle, they could set it in motion by, forexample:

Rrelease the parking brake.

Rshift the automatic transmission out ofthe parking position P.

Rstart the engine.

In addition, they may operate vehicleequipment and become trapped. There is arisk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.Never leave children unsupervised in thevehicle.

G WARNING

If persons, particularly children are sub-jected to prolonged exposure to extremeheat or cold, there is a risk of injury, pos-sibly even fatal. Never leave childrenunattended in the vehicle.


Safety.

Suitable seats in the vehicle for installing a child restraint system

Securing systems for child restraint systems

Vehicle seat

Front-passenger seat Preferred securing system:

Also secure TopTether if available(Y page 47)

Other securing system:

RVehicle seat belt

Be sure to observe:

RIf the front-passengerseat is occupied, makesure that the status of thefront passenger front airbag is correct dependingon the situation bothbefore and during thejourney.

Activating/deactivating the specialseatbelt retractor of the seat belt

G WARNING

If the seat belt is released while driving,the child restraint systemwill no longer besecured properly. The special seat beltretractor is disabled and the inertia realdraws in a portion of the seat belt. The seatbelt cannot be immediately refastened.There is an increased risk of injury, pos-sibly even fatal.

Stop the vehicle immediately, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.Reactivate the special seat belt retractorand secure the child restraint systemproperly.

The seat belt on the front-passenger side isequipped with a special seat belt retractor.When activated, the special seat belt retrac-tor ensures that the front-passenger seatbelt does not slacken once the child restraintsystem is secured.

Installing a child restraint system:

X When installing a child restraint system,be sure to observe the installation andoperating instructions provided by themanufacturer for the child restraint sys-

tem being used as well as the notes in thisOperator's Manual.

X Pull the seat belt smoothly out of the seatbelt guide.

X Engage the seat belt tongue in the beltbuckle.

Activating the special seat belt retractor:

X Pull the seat belt out fully and let the iner-tia reel retract it again.When the special seat belt retractor isactivated, you should hear a ratchetingsound.

X Push the child restraint system down sothat the seat belt is tight.

Deactivating the special seat belt retractor:

X Press the release button of the belt buckle.X Hold the belt tongue firmly and guide itback towards the seat belt guide.

Securing Top Tether

If the child restraint system is equip-ped with a Top Tether belt:Top Tether can reduce the risk of injury.

Traveling safely with children in the vehicle 47

>>Sa

fety.

Z

Top Tether anchorage ; is installed on thecargo compartment floor.

X Route Top Tether belt ? back over thehead restraint, keeping it as central aspossible, into the cargo compartmentthrough loop :.

X Hook Top Tether hook = of Top Tetherbelt ? into Top Tether anchorage ;.Lift up the carpet a little if necessary.Make sure that:

RTop Tether hook = is hooked into TopTether anchorage ; as shownRTop Tether belt ? is not twisted

X Tension Top Tether belt?. Be sure to com-ply with the child restraint system man-ufacturer's installation instructions whendoing so.

Attaching a child restraint systemwiththe seat belt

Notes on rearward and forward facingchild restraint systems on the front-passenger seat

G WARNING

If you secure a child in a rearward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat and the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp is off, the front-passenger front air bag can deploy in theevent of an accident. The child could bestruck by the air bag. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Make sure that the front-passenger frontair bag has been deactivated. ThePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampmust be lit.

NEVER use a rearward-facing childrestraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVEFRONT AIRBAG in front of it; DEATH orSERIOUS INJURY to the child can occur.

Observe the specific notes on rearward-facing and forward-facing child restraintsystems.

Attaching a child restraint system withthe seat belt to the front-passenger seat

When installing a belt-secured childrestraint system on the front-passengerseat, always observe the following:

O Be sure to observe the installation andoperating instructions provided by themanufacturer for the child restraintsystem being used.

O The backrest of the forward-facing childrestraint system must lie as flat as pos-sible against the backrest of the front-passenger seat.

O For certain child restraint systems inweight category II or III, there may berestrictions on the maximum size set-ting, e.g. due to possible contactwith theroof.


Safety.

O The child restraint system must not beput under strain between the roof andthe seat cushion and/or be installedfacing the wrong direction.

O The child restraint system must not beput under strain by the head restraint.

O Never place objects, such as cushions,under or behind the child restraint sys-tem.

The seat belt on the front-passenger side isequipped with a special seat belt retractor.When activated, the special seat belt retrac-tor ensures that the seat belt will not slackenonce the child restraint system has beensecured.

X Set the front-passenger seat as far back aspossible.

X Adjust the seat backrest to an almost ver-tical position.

X Install the child restraint system.The entire base of the child restraint sys-tem must always rest on the seat cushionof the front-passenger seat.

X Always make sure that the shoulder beltstrap is correctly routed from the vehiclebelt sash guide to the shoulder seat beltguide on the child restraint system.The shoulder belt strap must be routedforward and down from the vehicle beltoutlet.

X If necessary, adjust the seat belt outlet andthe front-passenger seat as appropriate.

Pets in the vehicle

G WARNING

If you leave animals unsupervised orunsecured in the vehicle, they may pressbuttons or switches, for instance.

In this way, animals may:

Ractivate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example

Rswitch systems on or off and therebyendanger other road users

Furthermore, unsecured animals may beflung around inside the vehicle in theevent of an accident or abrupt steering orbraking maneuver, and thereby injure

vehicle occupants. There is a risk of acci-dent and injury.

Never leave animals unattended in thevehicle.

Always secure animals properly whendriving, for instance with a suitable petcarrier.

Driving safely

Driving safety system limitations

! Make sure you have suitable tires, so thatassistance systems and driving safetysystems can work as effectively as possi-ble.

If you fail to adapt your driving style orbecome distracted, the driving safety sys-tems can neither reduce the risk of accidentnor override the laws of physics. Drivingsafety systems are merely aids designed toassist driving. You are responsible for thedistance to the vehicle in front, for vehiclespeed and for braking in good time. Alwaysadapt your driving style to suit the prevail-ing road, weather and traffic conditions andmaintain a safe distance from the vehicle infront. Drive carefully.For safety reasons, smart recommends thatyou only use snow chains that have beenspecially approved foryour vehicle by smart.Further information can be obtained at asmart center or a qualified specialist work-shop.

Braking with ABS (Anti-lock BrakingSystem)

ABS regulates brake pressure in such a waythat the wheels do not lock when you brake.This allows you to continue steering thevehicle when braking.The ! (Canada only) or ò (USA only)abs warning lamp in the instrument clusterlights up when the ignition is switched on. Itgoes out when the engine is running.ABS works from a speed of about 4 mph(6 km/h), regardless of road-surface condi-tions. ABS intervenes in the case of slippery

Driving safely 49

>>Sa

fety.

Z

road surfaces, even when you only brakegently.

X To brake while ABS intervenes: continue todepress the brake pedal with force untilthe braking situation is over.

X To make a full brake application: depressthe brake pedal with full force.

G WARNING

If ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock whenbraking. The steerability and brakingcharacteristics may be severely impaired.Additionally, further driving safety sys-temsaredeactivated. There is an increaseddanger of skidding and accidents.

Drive on carefully. Have ABS checkedimmediately at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Using the forward collision warning

Useful information

If a risk of collision with the vehicle in frontis detected, the forward collision warningalerts the driver both visually and acousti-cally.With the help of the radar sensor system, theforward collision warning can detect obsta-cles that are in the path of your vehicle for anextended period of time.Up to a speed of approximately 45 mph(70 km/h), the forward collision warning canreact to stationary obstacles, such as sta-tionary or parked vehicles.

Please note

G WARNING

The distance warning function does notreact:

Rto people or animals

Rto oncoming vehicles

Rto crossing traffic

Rwhen cornering

The distance warning function may notgive warnings in all critical situations.There is a risk of an accident.

Always pay careful attention to the trafficsituation and be ready to brake.

Always adapt your speed to suit the pre-vailing road and traffic conditions.

G WARNING

The distance warning function cannotalways clearly identify objects and com-plex traffic situations.

In such cases, the distance warning func-tion may:

Rgive an unnecessary warning

Rnot give a warning

There is a risk of an accident.

Always pay careful attention to the trafficsituation and do not rely solely on the dis-tance warning function.

The · warning lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up when:

Rthe vehicle is rapidly approaching a vehi-cle traveling in front or a stationary object.In this case, an intermittent warning tonealso sounds

Detection can be restricted under the follow-ing conditions:

Rthe vehicle is new or service work has beencarried out on the system. In this case,observe the information on breaking-inthe vehicleRthe sensors are dirty or coveredRin heavy rain or snowRinterference by other radar sources, e.g. inparking garagesRthe vehicle traveling in front is narrow,e.g. a motorcycleRthe vehicle traveling in front is travelingon a different line

Following any damage to the front end of thevehicle, have the configuration and opera-tion of the radar sensor checked at a quali-fied specialist workshop. This also applies tocollisions at slow speeds where there is novisible damage to the front of the vehicle.

i Observe the notes in the "Limitations ofthe driving safety systems" (Y page 49)section.

50 Driving safely>>

Safety.

Activating/deactivating the forward col-lision warning

When the ignition is restarted, the forwardcollisionwarning is automatically activated.

X Press the switch.If the forward collision warning is deacti-

vated, the LED on the switch lights up.On-board computer with color display: thedisplay shows a message.

Driving with ESP®

If ESP® detects that the vehicle is deviatingfrom the direction desired by the driver, oneor more wheels are braked to stabilize thevehicle.

ESP® supports the driver when pulling awayon wet or slippery roads. ESP® can also sta-bilize the vehicle during braking. ESP® com-prises ETS (Electronic Traction System) andCrosswind Assist.ETS brakes the drive wheels individually ifthey spin. This enables you to pull away oraccelerate on slippery surfaces, for exampleif the road surface is slippery on one side.Strong crosswind gusts can impair the road-holding of your vehicle when drivingstraight ahead.CrosswindAssist reduces these impairments.Crosswind Assist is active at vehicle speedsabove 45 mph (70 km/h) when drivingstraight ahead or cornering gently.

If ESP® intervenes, pull away carefully andadapt your driving style to the prevailingroad and weather conditions.If the ÷ warning lamp goes out beforebeginning the journey, ESP® is active. If ESP®

intervenes, the ÷ warning lamp flashes inthe instrument cluster.

G WARNING

If ESP® ismalfunctioning, ESP® is unable tostabilize the vehicle. Additionally, furtherdriving safety systems are deactivated.This increases the risk of skidding and anaccident.

Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

Information on EBD (electronic brakeforce distribution)

EBD monitors and controls the brake pres-sure on the rear wheels to improve drivingstability while braking.

G WARNING

If EBD is malfunctioning, the rear wheelscan lock, e.g. under full braking. Thisincreases the risk of skidding and an acci-dent.

You should therefore adapt your drivingstyle to the different handling character-istics. Have the brake system checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

Driving safely 51

>>Sa

fety.

Z

Understanding functions of the Smart-Key

: % Unlocks the vehicle; & Locks the vehicle=é smart fortwo coupe: Opens the

upper tailgate (press and hold)=é smart fortwo cabrio: Opens the soft

top (press and hold)? ! Switches the panic alarm on and off

(press and hold)

X To unlock centrally: press the% button.The turn signals flash once.

i After unlocking, open the vehicle withinapproximately two minutes to prevent itfrom locking itself and arming the anti-theft alarm system again.

X To unlock and open the upper tailgate(smart fortwo coupe): press and hold theé button.

X To open the soft top to the B-pillar (smartfortwo cabrio): press and hold theébutton.

X To lock centrally: press the & button.The turn signals flash twice.

X To switch the panic alarm on and off: pressthe ! button for approximately twoseconds.An alarm sounds and the exterior lightingflashes.

Opening the door

X Press the # button on the SmartKey.X Open the door.

i After unlocking, open the vehicle withinapproximately two minutes to prevent it

from locking itself and arming the anti-theft alarm system again.

Correct driver's seat position

G WARNING

You could lose control of your vehicle if youdo the following while driving:

Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheelor mirrors

Rfasten the seat belt


Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel ormirrors and fasten your seat belt beforestarting the engine.

Observe the following rules on the correctdriver's seat position:

Rthe driver must be as far away from thedriver's air bag as possible (Y page 39).Rthe driver must be wearing seat belt =properly.Rthe drivermust be able to depress the ped-als properly.Rthe driver must be able to move their legsfreely.Rthe driver must be able to reach steeringwheel : with their arms slightly bent.Rthe driver must be able to see all the dis-plays in the instrument cluster clearly.Rmove seat backrest; to an almost verticalposition.Ryou are sitting in a normal upright posi-tion.Rthe seat belt must fit snugly across yourbody.

52 Correct driver's seat position>>

Enteringan

dsettingup.

Rthe seat belt must be routed across themiddle of your shoulder.Rthe seat belt must be routed in your pelvicarea across the hip joints.Radjust the rear-view mirror and exteriormirror so that the driver has a good view ofthe road and traffic conditions.

Adjusting the seats

Please note

G WARNING

Children could become trapped if theyadjust the seats, particularly when unat-tended. There is a risk of injury.


G WARNING

If the driver's seat is not engaged, it couldmove unexpectedly while the vehicle is inmotion. This could cause you to lose con-trol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.

Always make sure that the driver's seat isengaged before starting the vehicle.

G WARNING

When you adjust a seat, you or other vehi-cle occupants could become trapped, e.g.on the seat guide rail. There is a risk ofinjury.

Make sure when adjusting a seat that noone has any body parts in the sweep of theseat.

G WARNING

The seat belt does not offer the intendedlevel of protection if you have not movedthe backrest to an almost vertical position.When braking or in the event of an acci-dent, you could slide underneath the seatbelt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries,

for example. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that thebackrest is in an almost vertical positionand that the shoulder section of your seatbelt is routed across the center of yourshoulder.

G WARNING

If the steering wheel is unlocked while thevehicle is in motion, it could change posi-tion unexpectedly. This could cause you tolose control of the vehicle. There is a risk ofan accident.

Before starting off, make sure the steeringwheel is locked. Never unlock the steeringwheel while the vehicle is in motion.

G WARNING






! Make sure that there are no objects in thefootwell under or behind the seats whenmoving the seats back. There is a risk thatthe seats and/or the objects could be dam-aged.

Observe the safety notes on "Air bags"(Y page 40) and "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 44).

Adjusting the seats 53

>>En

teringan

dsettingup.

Z

Adjusting the seat fore-and-aft posi-tion

Seat with a lever

Seat with a handwheel

To adjust the seat fore-and-aft position, theseat belt must not be fastened.

X Lift lever =.X Slide the seat forward or back.The seat engages audibly.

Adjusting the seat height (seat with alever only)

X Pull handle ; up or push it down severaltimes.

Adjusting the seat backrest (seatwith alever)

X Pull lever : upwards.X At the same time, move the backrestforward or back.

Adjusting the seat backrest (seatwith ahandwheel)

X Turn handwheel ? forward or back.

Adjusting the mirrors

Adjusting the rear-view mirror

X Move the rear-viewmirror up, down, left orright.

Manually setting the rear-view mirrorto anti-glare mode

X Fold lever : forward.

Understanding the automatic anti-glare rear-view mirror

Please note

G WARNING

Electrolyte may escape if the glass in anautomatic anti-glare mirror breaks. Theelectrolyte is harmful and causes irrita-tion. It must not come into contact withyour skin, eyes, respiratory organs orclothing or be swallowed. There is a risk ofinjury.

54 Adjusting the mirrors>>

Enteringan

dsettingup.

If you come into contact with the electro-lyte, observe the following:

RRinse off the electrolyte from your skinimmediately with water.

RImmediately rinse the electrolyte out ofyour eyes thoroughly with clean water.

RIf the electrolyte is swallowed, immedi-ately rinse your mouth out thoroughly.Do not induce vomiting.

RIf electrolyte comes into contact withyour skin or hair or is swallowed, seekmedical attention immediately.

RImmediately change out of clothingwhich has come into contact with elec-trolyte.

RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek med-ical attention immediately.

Useful information

The rear-viewmirror automaticallygoes intoanti-glare mode if simultaneously:

Rthe ignition is switched onRincident light from headlamps hits thesensor in the interior mirror

The rear-view mirror does not go into anti-glaremode if reverse gear is engaged or if theinterior lighting is switched on.

Adjusting the exterior mirrors man-ually

G WARNING






G WARNING

The exterior mirror on the front-passengerside reduces the size of the image. Visibleobjects are actually closer than theyappear. This means that you could mis-judge the distance from road users travel-ing behind, e.g. when changing lane. Thereis a risk of an accident.

For this reason, always make sure of theactual distance from the road users trav-eling behind by glancing over your shoul-der.

X Move lever : up, down, left or right.

Adjusting the exterior mirrors electri-cally

In order to adjust the exterior mirrors elec-trically, the ignition must be switched on.

X To select the left or right exterior mirror:turn control = left 1 or right 2.

X To adjust the exterior mirrors: move con-trol = up, down, left or right.

Adjusting the mirrors 55

>>En

teringan

dsettingup.

Z

Using the armrest

Please note

! Do not lean on the armrest with full forceor it could become damaged.

56 Using the armrest>>

Enteringan

dsettingup.

Starting the engine

Please note

G WARNING

If children are left unsupervised in thevehicle, they could:

Ropen the doors, thus endangering otherpeople or road users.

Rget out and disrupt traffic.

Roperate the vehicle's equipment.

Additionally, children could set the vehi-cle in motion if, for example, they:


Rshifting the automatic transmission outof park position P

RStart the engine.

There is a risk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.Never leave children or animals unatten-ded in the vehicle. Always keep the Smart-Key out of reach of children.

G WARNING

If you attach heavy or large objects to theSmartKey, the SmartKey could be uninten-tionally turned in the ignition lock. Thiscould cause the engine to be switched off.There is a risk of an accident.

Do not attach any heavy or large objects tothe SmartKey. Remove any bulky key ringsbefore inserting the SmartKey into theignition lock.

u To insert the SmartKey into the ignitionlock

1 To switch on the power supply2 To switch on the ignition3 To start the engine

Automatic transmission

X Turn the SmartKey to position 3.The READY indicator appears in the instru-ment cluster. A tone sounds.

X Shift out of transmissionpositionj ori.

Pulling away

Please note

G WARNING

Objects in the driver's footwell mayrestrict the clearance around the pedals orblock a depressed pedal. This jeopardizesthe operating and road safety of the vehi-cle. There is a risk of an accident.

Stow all objects securely in the vehicle sothat they do not get into the driver's foot-well. When using floormats or carpets,make sure that they are properly securedso that they do not slip or obstruct thepedals. Do not place several floormats orcarpets on top of one another.

Pulling away 57

>>Driving.

Z

G WARNING

Unsuitable footwear can hinder correctusage of the pedals, e.g.:

Rshoes with thick soles

Rshoes with high heels

Rslippers


Wear suitable footwear to ensure correctusage of the pedals.

G WARNING

If you switch off the ignitionwhile driving,safety-relevant functions are only avail-able with limitations, or not at all. Thiscould affect, for example, the power steer-ing and the brake boosting effect. You willrequire considerably more effort to steerand brake. There is a risk of an accident.

Do not switch off the ignition while driv-ing.

G WARNING

If you operate mobile communicationequipment when driving, you may be dis-tracted from the traffic situation. Youcould also lose control of the vehicle. Thereis a risk of an accident.

Only operate this equipment when thevehicle is stationary.

Observe the legal requirements for the coun-try in which you are driving. Some jurisdic-tions prohibit the driver from using a mobilephone while driving a vehicle.If you make a call while driving, always usehands-free mode. Only use the telephonewhen the traffic situation permits. If you areunsure, pull over to a safe location and stopbefore using the telephone.Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph(approximately 50 km/h), the vehicle covers adistance of 44 ft (approximately 14 m) persecond.

Note the following when pulling away:

RDo not drive with the parking brakeapplied.RUse cautionwhenpullingawayonslipperysurfaces.RDo not allow tires to spin.RDepress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.RPress the release button on the selectorlever.RShift the gear selector lever to positionhor k.

Drinking and driving

G WARNING

Drinking and driving and/or taking drugsand driving are very dangerous combina-tions. Even a small amount of alcohol ordrugs can affect your reflexes, perceptionsand judgment.

The possibility of a serious or even fatalaccident is greatly increased when youdrink or take drugs and drive.

Do not drink or take drugs and drive orallow anyone to drive who has been drink-ing or taking drugs.

Using the parking brake

Please note

G WARNING

If the parking brake has not been fullyreleased when driving, the parking brakecan:

Roverheat and cause a fire

Rlose its hold function.

There is a risk of fire and an accident.Release the parking brake fully beforedriving off.

G WARNING

If you must brake the vehicle with theparking brake, the braking distance is

58 Pulling away>>

Driving.

considerably longer and the wheels couldlock. There is an increased danger of skid-ding and accidents.

Only use the parking brake to brake thevehiclewhen the service brake is faulty. Donot apply the parking brake too firmly. Ifthe wheels lock, release the parking brakeuntil the wheels begin turning again.

G WARNING

If you leave children unsupervised in thevehicle, they could set it in motion by, forexample:


Rshift the automatic transmission out ofthe parking position P.

Rstart the engine.

In addition, they may operate vehicleequipment and become trapped. There is arisk of an accident and injury.


Applying the parking brake

X Pull parking brake ; up.

The brake lights do not light up when youbrake the vehicle with the parking brake.

Release Parking Brake

X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Press release button : on parkingbrake; andmove the parking brake downto the stop.

Hill start assist

G WARNING

After a short time, hill start assist will nolonger brake your vehicle and it could rollaway. There is a risk of an accident andinjury.

Therefore, quickly move your foot from thebrake pedal to the accelerator pedal. Neverleave the vehicle when it is held by hillstart assist.

Hill start assist keeps the vehicle in placewhen driving uphill as soon as the brakepedal is released.Hill start assist is only active in the follow-ing situations:

Rwhen pulling away on an uphill slopeRwhen the parking brake is releasedRthe transmission is not in position iRESP® is functioning correctly

X Release the brake pedal.The vehicle is then held for about one sec-ond.

X Pull away.

Automatic transmission

Please note

G WARNING

The automatic transmission switches toneutral position N when you switch off theengine. The vehiclemay roll away. There isa risk of an accident.

Before switching off the engine, alwaysswitch to parking position P. Prevent theparked vehicle from rolling away byapplying the parking brake.

Automatic transmission 59

>>Driving.

Z

Transmission position display

! Only shift into transmission positionsB, C or A when the vehicle isstationary. Otherwise, you may damagethe transmission.

The following transmission positions areavailable:

Rj Park positionPositionj should not be used to brake thevehicle when parking. To secure the vehi-cle, apply the parking brake in addition toshifting to transmission position j.Rk Reverse gearRi NeutralNo power is transmitted from the engine tothe drive wheels.Rh Drive

Changing the transmission position

j Park position with parking lockk Reverse geari Neutralh Drive

The ignition must be switched on in order toshift the transmission to positionsj,i ork. To shift the transmission from positionj, you must also depress the brake pedal.

X Press release knob :.X Shift the selector lever to the desiredtransmission position.

Maximum acceleration (kickdown)

To reach maximum acceleration, use kick-down:

X Depress the accelerator pedal beyond thepressure point.

X Ease off the accelerator pedal once thedesired speed is reached.

Using the turn signals

The ignition must be switched on in order touse the turn signals.

X To indicate: press the combination switchin the direction of arrow 1 (right) or 2(left) past the point of resistance.

X To indicate briefly: press the combinationswitch briefly to the point of resistance.The turn signal flashes three times.

Acoustic presence indicator

Useful information

Vehicles with an electric motor generatemuch less driving noise than vehicles withinternal combustion engines. As a result,your vehicle may not be heard by other roadusers in certain situations.In order to allow your vehicle to be heardwhen it is moving at slow speeds, a soundgenerator installed in the vehicle produces aspecific noise at speeds between 0 and18 mph (30 km/h). This function is called theacoustic presence indicator. It makes it pos-sible for other road users, especially pedes-trians and cyclists, to hear the vehicle bet-

60 Acoustic presence indicator>>

Driving.

ter. The acoustic presence indicator can alsobe heard in the vehicle interior.The volume of the acoustic presence indica-tor depends on the engine speed. The greaterthe acceleration, the louder the noise. Atspeeds of over 18 mph (30 km/h ), the noise isswitched off. Above this speed, the drivingnoisenaturally createdby thevehicle is typ-ically sufficient for the vehicle to be heard ingood time by other road users.

Driving economically

Notes on economical driving

In order to save energy, a part of the kineticenergy is recuperated and stored in thehigh-voltage battery.When the driver relea-ses the accelerator, the vehicle is braked.In the following cases, the vehicle will slowdown only partially or not at all when theaccelerator pedal is released:

RThe gear lever is in position h and thevehicle is rolling backwardsRThe gear lever is in position k and thevehicle is rolling forwards

On steep slopes, the vehicle may not be heldat all or may only be held to a limited extent.In the following cases recuperation isrestricted:

RThe high-voltage battery is full or too coldRThe power electronics or engine has over-heated

Recommendations for driving economically:

RAccelerate moderatelyRObserve the power availability dis-play(Y page 62)RDrive with careRUse the air conditioning and the electricalconsumers sparinglyRHave maintenance work carried out at thespecified service intervals

You can use ECO mode in order to save moreenergy.ECO mode has the following characteristics:

RReduced torque and significantly reducedpower. This supports a particularly effi-

cient, steady driving style. The speed isreduced to approx. 70 mph (110 km/h).RThe performance of the air-conditioningand heating systems is reduced.RThe vehicle accelerates more slowly.To increase acceleration when in ECO mode,depress the accelerator pedal beyond thepressure point.

Switching ECO mode on and off

X Press button :.If the energy-saving function is activated,the ECO display is shown in the on-boardcomputer.The energy-saving function is switchedoff when the ignition is restarted.

Power and charge level display

Useful information

: Power display; Charge level display

Power display: together with charge leveldisplay; can be positioned to the left or tothe right. When the vehicle is unlocked, thecharge level display lights up.

Driving economically 61

>>Driving.

Z

Power display

! Do not hang any objects on the powerdisplay.This could cause the dashboard clock to betorn out of its anchorage point and beseverely damaged.

Power display : contains two areas:

RArea to the right of 0The current power that the high-voltagebattery provides is shown here. 100% cor-responds to the peak performance of thehigh-voltage battery.RArea to the left of 0The vehicle's level of recuperation in over-runmode andwhen braking is shown here.

The LED ring in power display : shows thepower output available.When the needle of power display: is in the"OFF" position, the vehicle cannot be drivenfor the following reasons:

RThe ignition is switched off.RThe gear lever has not beenmoved to posi-tion i or j to start the drive system.RThe charging cable is still connected to thevehicle socket.RThere is insufficient power available fromthe high-voltage battery.RThere is a malfunction in the vehicle'shigh-voltage electrical system.

When the drive system is started, power dis-play needle : is at position "0". The READYindicator appears in the instrument cluster.A tone sounds. The vehicle is ready for driv-ing.

Charge level display

! Do not hang any objects on the chargelevel display.Otherwise, the display could be torn out ofits anchorage and be damaged.

Charge level display ; displays the chargelevel of the high-voltage battery as a per-centage.

The high-voltage battery has reached thereserve level in the following cases:

RThe Battery Reserve Level messageappears in the display.RWhen the red area of condition of chargedisplay ; has been reached.

i Charge the high-voltage battery whenthe condition of charge falls below 20%.

Understanding the eco score display inthe on-board computer

Useful information

The eco score display provides informationon how to drive economically.A higher percentage indicates a more eco-nomical driving style.The percentage of the eco score display isonly calculated after a short distance. If theignition remains switched off for longer thanfourhours, the eco scoredisplaywill be reset.

Color display

The percentage in the eco score display iscalculated using the following categories:

RSpeed: the value increaseswhen driving atlow speeds.RAnticipation: the value increases whenunnecessary acceleration and decelera-tion is avoided.

Using the eco score display in the smartMedia-System

Calling up the eco score menu

X Select Vehicle > eco score.

62 Driving economically>>

Driving.

Evaluating the current trip

X Select Current trip .Evaluation informationandvalues are cal-culated.The following rating information and val-ues appear:

RBar graphs for accelerate, anticipa‐tory and shiftRBar graphs for Speed and AnticipationRDistance coveredRTotal eco score as a percentage

Saving the current trip

X Select Current trip > Save.X Select the category under which you wantto save the trip.The values for the current trip will beadded to the category selected and thecurrent tripwill be reset. In the instrumentcluster, the trip computer values will bereturned to “From reset”.The values for the current trip will beadded to the category selected and thecurrent tripwill be reset. In the instrumentcluster, the values for the "From start" tripcomputer and eco score display will bereset.

Comparing the current trip with thesaved trips from a category

: Last trip saved in this category; Average value for the category= Best trip in the category

X Select Current trip > W > Compare.X Select category.A comparison of the values for the currenttrip with the values of the selected cate-gory appears.

X Select the comparison value :, ; or =.The current trip is compared to the respec-tive comparison value from the category.

Resetting the current trip data

X Select Current trip > Reset.X Select Yes.In the instrument cluster, the trip com-puter values will be returned to “Fromreset”.In the instrument cluster, the values forthe "From start" trip computer and ecoscore display will be reset.

Activating/deactivating eco score after atrip

X To activate: select Current trip > W >Show eco score after trip.X Todeactivate: selectCurrent trip >W >Hide eco score after trip.Displaying eco score for saved trips in acategory

X Select Vehicle > eco score > My prefer‐red trips.X Select category.eco score displays the comparison values.eco score contains the following compari-son values for each category:

RSummaryRLast valueRAverage valueRBest valueFor the category Last trip saved you canchoose from various types of evaluations.Types of evaluations:

RSummaryRDetailed report

Driving economically 63

>>Driving.

Z

Renaming a category

At least one tripmust be stored in the respec-tive category.

X Select Vehicle > eco score > My prefer‐red trips >W > Rename this category.Resetting the eco score of one category

At least one tripmust be stored in the respec-tive category.

X Select Vehicle > eco score > My prefer‐red trips >W > Reset this category.

Braking correctly

Please note

G WARNING

If you rest your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving, the braking system canoverheat. This increases the stopping dis-tance and can even cause the braking sys-tem to fail. There is a risk of an accident.

Never use the brake pedal as a footrest.Never depress the brake pedal and theaccelerator pedal at the same time.

The vehicle slows down as soon as the accel-erator pedal is released. This aids recupera-tion as the engine is used as a generator andcharges the high-voltage battery.

Braking on steep downhill gradients

When driving on downhill gradients, observethe following rules:

RDo not move the selector lever to positioniRIf recuperation is restricted, also brake atintervals.

Braking on wet road surfaces

Theremay be a delayed brake responsewhendriving on wet roads, after driving through acarwash or after driving throughdeepwater.

X Maintain a greater distance from the vehi-cle in front.

X Brake more firmly.

Braking on salt-treated roads

If you drive on salt-treated roads, a layer ofsalt may form on the brake discs and pads.This increases the vehicle's braking dis-tance.

X In order to prevent any salt build-up,apply the brakes occasionally while pay-ing attention to the traffic conditions.

X Brake carefully at the end of the journeyand when starting the next journey.

X Maintain a greater distance to the vehiclein front.

Maintaining the brakes

! The brake fluid level may be too low, if:

Rif the red brake warning lamp lights upin the instrument cluster andRyou hear a warning tone while theengine is running

Observe additional warning messages inthe multifunction display.The brake fluid level may be too low due tobrake pad wear or leaking brake lines.Have the brake system checked immedi-ately. Consult a qualified specialist work-shop to arrange this.

! A function or performance test shouldonly be carried out on a 2-axle dynamom-eter. If you wish to operate the vehicle onsuch a dynamometer, please consult aqualified specialist workshop in advance.You could otherwise damage the drivetrain or the brake system.

! As the ESP® system operates automati-cally, the engine and the ignition must beswitched off (the SmartKey must be inposition 0 or 1 in the ignition lock) if:

Rthe parkingbrake is testedusing abrakedynamometer (maximum 10 seconds).Rthe vehicle is towed with the front axleraised.

64 Braking correctly>>

Driving.

Braking triggered automatically by ESP®

may seriously damage the brake system.

All checks and maintenance work on thebrake system must be carried out at a quali-fied specialist workshop.Have brake pads/linings installed and brakefluid replaced at a qualified specialist work-shop.If the brake system has only been subject tomoderate loads, you should test the func-tionality of your brakes at regular intervals.When having brake pads/linings installed,smart recommends that you only use thosewhich are approved for smart vehicles or areof an equivalent quality standard. Brakepads/linings which have not been approvedfor smart vehicles or which are not of anequivalent quality could affect your vehi-cle's operating safety.

Driving on wet roads

Hydroplaning

Depending on driving style and tire treaddepth, hydroplaning can occur on the road.Adapt your driving style as follows:

X Reduce the speed.X Brake carefully.X Avoid sudden steering movementsX Avoid tire ruts.

Fording

! Bear in mind that vehicles traveling infront or in the opposite direction createwaves. This may cause the maximum per-missible water depth to be exceeded.Failure to observe these notes may resultin damage to the engine, electrical sys-tems and transmission.

Prevent water from entering the vehicleinterior or the engine compartment. Observethe followingwhendriving through standingwater:

X The water level must not exceed the loweredge of the vehicle body in still water.

X Drive no faster than walking pace.

Winter driving

X Before the start of winter, have the vehiclechecked at a qualified specialist work-shop.

X Use winter tires and, if applicable, snowchains.

X Drive carefully and avoid sudden acceler-ation, turning and braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

X Do not use cruise control.X If the vehicle skids, take corrective steer-ing actions to counteract the movement.

X If the vehicle skids, shift the transmissionto position i.

X Donot use the outside temperature displayas a way to determine if conditions are icy.

X Observe the road surface.

Using cruise control

Please note

G WARNING

If you call up the stored speed and it isdifferent to the current speed, the vehiclewill accelerate. If you are not aware of thestored speed, the vehicle may accelerateunexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Pay attention to the road and traffic con-ditions before calling up the stored speed.If you do not know the stored speed, storethe desired speed again.

Cruise control is used in order to drive at aconstant speed for a prolonged period.The driver is responsible for driving thevehicle in a safe manner, controlling thevehicle speed and braking in good time.If there is a change of drivers, inform the newdriver of the speed stored.Cruise control requires:

Rfavorable weather and good visibilityRgood road and traffic conditions

Using cruise control 65

>>Driving.

Z

Cruise control does not brake the vehicleautomatically.

RReduce the vehicle speed by applying thebrakes

Speed regulation is canceled when the fol-lowing occur:

RBraking (including the parking brake)RESP® interventionOn downhill gradients or when acceleratingbriefly, cruise control may interrupt speedregulation. Afterwards, the set speed isapplied again.Cruise control is ready for use at speedsabove 25 mph (40 km/h).

Activating cruise control

X Press the upper section of button :.The ¯ symbol appears in the instru-ment cluster display.

Storing the current speed

X Press® button ;.X Remove your foot from the acceleratorpedal.¯SETappears in the instrument clusterdisplay.

Adjusting the stored speed

X Press® button ; or g until thedesired speed is reached.

Interrupting cruise control

X Press± button ?.The stored speed can be accessed againlater.

The stored speed is deleted when the engineis switched off.

Calling up the stored speed

X Press° button =.X Remove your foot from the acceleratorpedal.

Deactivating cruise control

X Press button: to the OFF center position.The¯ symbol in the instrument clusterdisplay goes out. The stored speed isdeleted.

The stored speed is deleted when the engineis switched off.

Charging the high-voltage battery

Please note

G DANGER

The vehicle's high-voltage electrical sys-tem is under high voltage. If you modifycomponents in the vehicle's high-voltageelectrical system or touch damaged com-ponents, you may be electrocuted. Thecomponents in the vehicle's high-voltageelectrical system may be damaged in anaccident, although the damage is not visi-ble. There is a risk of fatal injury.

Following an accident, do not touch anyhigh-voltage components and never mod-ify the vehicle's high-voltage electricalsystem. Have the vehicle towed away afteran accident and the vehicle's high-voltageelectrical system checked by a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

66 Charging the high-voltage battery>>

Driving.

G WARNING

In the event of a vehicle fire, the internalpressure of the high-voltage battery couldexceed a critical value. In this case, flam-mable gas escapes through a vent valve inthe vehicle's underbody. The gas couldignite. There is a risk of injury.

In cases of unusual smells developing,smoke or burn marks, stop the chargingprocess immediately.

Leave the danger area immediately. Securethe danger area at a suitable distance.

Contact a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

If the housing of the high-voltage batteryhas been damaged, electrolyte and gasesmay leak out. These are poisonous andcaustic. There is a risk of injury.

Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.Immediately rinse electrolyte splashes offwith water and seek medical attentionstraight away.

G DANGER

The vehicle's high voltage electrical sys-tem is under high voltage. If you carry outwork on high-voltage components, youmay suffer an electric shock. There is a riskof fatal injury.

To avoid such risks, observe the following:

RDo not tamper with the high-voltagecomponents or the orange cables of thehigh-voltage electrical system.

RDo not touch the high-voltage compo-nents or the orange cables of the high-voltage electrical system in a vehiclewhich has been involved in an accident.

RDonot touch damaged components or thedamaged orange cables of the high-voltage electrical system.

RDo not remove the covers of the high-voltage electrical system components

which are marked with a yellowwarningsticker.

RDo not insert any objects which conductelectricity into the charging cable con-nector or the charging cable socket

G DANGER

The vehicle's high voltage electrical sys-tem is under high voltage. If the chargingprocess is not performed properly, it couldcause a fire or an electric shock. There is arisk of fatal injury.

Do not perform the charging process in thefollowing situations:

Rat temperatures of over 122‡ and below-40 ‡Rin storms

Rif the charging cable is damaged, rustedor corroded

Rif there ismoisture on the charging cableconnector or charging cable socket, oryour hands are wet

Rwhen cleaning the vehicle

To avoid hazardous situations, always han-dle the charging cable correctly before andafter using it:

Rbefore using the charging cable for thefirst time, remove the adhesive tape whichholds the cable togetherRunwind the charging cable fully beforeevery charging processRthere must be no foreign objects in thecharging cable connector or on the charg-ing cable socketRkeep the charging cable out of the reach ofchildren and animals. Always store thecharging cable in a safe place, e.g. in thecharging cable bag

Charging the high-voltage battery 67

>>Driving.

Z

The high-voltage battery must not becharged with a damaged charging cable.Therefore, always make sure that:

Ryou do not damage the charging cable, e.g.by driving over it, pulling too hard or as aresult of heavy impactsRthe charging cable is not twisted, as oth-erwise the charging cable may overheatand the cable covering may be damagedRthe charging cable is not placed in water,fluids or snow

The charging cable must always be used inthe correct manner. In order to ensure thecharging cable is handled correctly, observethe following:

Rdo not make any changes or modificationsto the charging cableRonly use the charging cable to charge thehigh-voltage batteryRdo not pull out the charging cable connec-tor or the charging cable socket during thecharging process

For safety reasons, only use the chargingcable which is supplied with the vehicle orhas been approved by smart for this vehicle.

Useful information

Method of operation

The vehicle is equipped with a high-voltagebattery for driving. The high-voltage bat-tery stores the energy needed to operate theelectric motor and releases it again.The electric motor uses energy stored in thehigh-voltage battery for pulling away andaccelerating.In overrun mode, kinetic energy is convertedinto electrical energy by recuperation andstored in the high-voltage battery.In addition to recuperation, the high-voltagebattery can be charged as follows:

Rwith the suitable charging cable at amainssocket while the vehicle is stationaryRwith the suitable charging cable at a wall-box while the vehicle is stationaryRwith the suitable charging cable at acharging station while the vehicle is sta-tionary

: Charging cable for chargingat a chargingstation or wallbox

; Charging cable for charging at a mainssocket

Charging cablesmay differ from the versionsshown depending on the country.The different versions of charging cables aredistinguished by their charging cable con-nectors. Charging cables which are chargedat a mains socket also have controls.The options listed for charging a high-volt-age battery are not available in all countries.The high-voltage battery can be charged at acharging station or wallbox in a nominalvoltage range from 100 V to 400 V.

i If possible only charge the high-voltagebattery when the charge is below 80%.Charge the high-voltage battery at thelatest when the charge falls below 20%.

Discharged high-voltage battery

The high-voltage electrical system switchesoff if the high-voltage battery is completelydischarged. This protects the high-voltagebattery from exhaustive discharge.

i Switching the ignition on and then offcan reactivate the high-voltage electricalsystem temporarily. This allows the vehi-cle to be parked safely.

Do not leave the vehicle with a discharged oralmost fully discharged high-voltage bat-tery for longer than 14 days. You can checkthe condition of charge in the charge leveldisplay (Y page 62).


Driving.

Extreme outside temperatures

The efficiency of the high-voltage battery istemperature-dependent and is significantlyreduced at low or very high temperatures. Inaddition, the electrolytes used may freeze atvery low temperatures.The LED ring in the power output displayshows the power output available(Y page 62).

Energy consumption and range

The available energy in the high-voltagebattery is fundamentally reduced by the fol-lowing factors:

Rlow outside temperaturesRoperating the air-conditioning system orheatingRuse of electrical consumersLow outside temperature and prolongedperiods of inactivity without charging canhave the following effects:

Rthe high-voltage battery output is signif-icantly reducedRcharging periods may be longerRrange can be significantly reducedIn extreme cases, it may not be possible tostart the vehicle as a result. You shouldtherefore always ensure that the high-volt-age battery is fully charged or that thecharging cable is connected when parkingthe vehicle for an extended period of time atlow outside temperatures.As the gets older, the capacity of the high-voltage batterywill diminish in the course ofits lifetime. This reduces themaximum rangeand the maximum acceleration.

Battery care

Observe the following notes on battery care:

RAvoid storing and transporting the vehicleat high temperatures and over an extendedperiod of time (e.g. transporting it in acontainer).RConnect the vehicle to a power supplywhen parking it for an extended period oftime.RTemperatures below Ò13‡ (Ò25†) for morethan seven days can cause irreversibledamage to the vehicle due to frost damage.

Conditions of use

Observe the information on exceptions andlimitations in the warranty documentationand in the Maintenance Booklet.

Voltage surge protection device

! Overvoltages in the mains supply candamage the vehicle. The vehicle is there-fore equippedwith a devicewhich protectsit from overvoltage in the mains supply.This device may be triggered duringsevere thunderstorms, for example, andmay lead to the building's circuit breakerbeing tripped and an interruption in thepower supply. These functions protect thevehicle. After the building's circuitbreaker is switched on again, the chargingprocess resumes automatically. Followingan interruption in the power supply with-out the building's circuit breaker beingtripped, it may take up to ten minutes forcharging to resume automatically.

After the device has triggered, switch thebuilding's fuse unit on again. Otherwise, thecharging process will not resume.

Heat generated by the charging cableand charging cable connector

Charging cables and charging cable connec-tors may heat up during the charging proc-ess at a mains socket.In the following cases, the rise in tempera-ture is within the permitted limits:

Rinfrastructure of the mains power supplyand the charging cable are intactRinstructions for handling the chargingcable and controls on the charging cableare followed

If an increase in temperature to above thepermitted limits does take place, check theinfrastructure of the mains power supply.

Disposing of a charging cable

Do not dispose of a charging cable withhousehold rubbish, give it to a suitable recy-cling service. Abide by the potential legalrequirements for recycling.


>>Driving.

Z

Understanding the vehicle socket

Overview vehicle socket

G DANGER

Connecting the charging cable to themains supply via incorrectly installedmains sockets or by means of adapters,extension cables or similar could cause afire or an electric shock. There is a risk offatal injury.

To avoid hazardous situations, observe thefollowing:

ROnly connect the charging cable tomains sockets:

- which have been properly installedand

- whichhavebeen inspectedbyaquali-fied electrician

RFor safety reasons, only use the charg-ing cables supplied with the vehicle, orcharging cables which have beenapproved for use with this vehicle.

RNever use a damaged charging cable.

RDo not use:

- extension cables

- extension reels

- multiple sockets

RNever use socket adapters to connect thecharging cable to the mains socket. Theonly exception being if the adapter hasbeen tested and approved by the manu-facturer for charging the high-voltagebattery of an electric vehicle.

RObserve the safety notes in the operat-ing instructions for the socket adapter.

: Charge socket flap; Socket cap= Catch? Indicator lampA Vehicle socket

Indicator lamp on the vehicle socket

The indicator lamp on the vehicle socket hasthe following meaning:

Indicator lamp

Flashesgreen slowly

High-voltage battery isbeing charged.

Lights upgreen

High-voltage battery isfully charged.

Flashesorangeslowly

Vehicle waiting for charg-ing to start.

Flashesorange

Vehicle is paused fromcharging.

Flashes redquickly

A malfunction occurredduring charging.

Understanding the charging cable formains sockets

Useful information

! Only use the charging cable to charge thehigh-voltage battery. Do not use the


Driving.

charging cable for other purposes. It mayotherwise be damaged.

Dependingon thevehicle version, the vehicleis equipped with different charging cableversions. Charging cable versions differ intheir controls.

i If you use the mains socket to charge thehigh-voltage battery, the charging time islonger and the electricity consumption ishigher. If possible, charge the high-volt-age battery at a wallbox or a charging sta-tion.

The charging cable for connection to a mainssocket is included in the scope of delivery.Only use the charging cable which is sup-plied with the vehicle and which has beenapproved by smart for this vehicle.Do not leave the control panel on the charg-ing cable hanging loose from a mains socket.Otherwise, this could lead to a bad contactwith the mains socket and to malfunctionswhen charging the vehicle.Do not lift up or transport the control panelby the charging cable connector or themainsplug.Only for charging cable version 1: beforecharging at a mains socket, check the maxi-mum permissible charge current for the cor-responding mains socket or building. Themaximumvalue of the charge current is set tothe country-specific setting for the suppliedcharging cable. When charging abroad, themaximumvaluemay exceed that of the coun-try you are in. Observe the regulations spe-cific to the country you are in if chargingabroad. Consult a qualified specialist work-shop if you have questions about charge cur-rent settings or a malfunction.

Controls of charging cable version one

: Indicator lamp, mains voltage; Indicator lamp, charging process= Indicator lamp temperature monitor? Electrical fuse and control system indi-

cator lamp

The indicator lamps on the charging cablehave the following meaning:

Indicator lamp:

Lights upwhite

Mains voltage is connected.The high-voltage batterycan be charged.

Indicator lamp;

Flashesgreen


Indicator lamp=

Lights upred

With flashing green indica-tor lamp;: the charge out-put is reduced due to over-temperature.Without flashing greenindicator lamp ;: charg-ing was terminated due toovertemperature on thecharging cable.

Flashes red Charging was terminateddue to overtemperature onthe mains socket.


>>Driving.

Z

Indicator lamp?

Flashes redquickly

An internal malfunctionhas occurred. The high-voltage battery cannot becharged.The infrastructure has amalfunction. The high-voltage battery cannot becharged.

If the control element detects a residual cur-rent or amalfunction, the chargingprocess isinterrupted. The charging process will beresumed automatically when the malfunc-tion has been rectified.

Controls of charging cable version two

: Indicator lamp, charge current setting; Indicator lamp, mains voltage= Indicator lamp, charging process? Electrical fuse and control system indi-

cator lampA Button for setting the charge current

The indicator lamps on the charging cablehave the following meaning:

Indicator lamp:

Lights upgreen

Value is set as the desiredcharging current.

Flashesorange

Depending on the mainssocket, the value cannot beset as the desired chargingcurrent.

Indicator lamp;

Lights upgreen

Mains voltage is connected.The high-voltage batterycan be charged.

Indicator lamp=

Lights upgreen


Flashesorange

Connection to the vehicle isestablished.

Indicator lamp?

Lights upred

The current at the controlpanel is not correct. Thehigh-voltage battery can-not be charged.

For transportation, wrap the charging cablearound the control panel or secure it to thecontrol panel housing.

Setting the charging current (onlycharging cable version 2)

G WARNING

If the charge current draw via a mainssocket is too high during the chargingprocess, the external electrical systemmay overheat. There is a risk of fire.

Before beginning the charging process,check the maximum permissible chargecurrent locally. Consult a qualified expertto do so where necessary.

If necessary, adjust your vehicle's set-tings.

! An excessive charge current can blow afuse or lead to overheating of the externalpower supply. Check whether the externalpower supply is compatible with the setcharge current. If necessary, lower the setcharge current or use another powersocket.

You can only limit the charging current forcharging the high-voltage battery with


Driving.

charging cable version 2. This may protectthe mains supply from overloads.The maximum setting value and the adjust-ment values may vary from country to coun-try.The preset default value is theminimum set-ting. This is the minimum charge currentavailable from the mains supply.If the charging cable remains in the mainssocket after charging, the value set will beadopted the next time you start charging. Ifthe charging cable is disconnected from themains socket, the value will be reset to theminimum setting the next time you startcharging.

X Check the maximum permissible chargecurrent for the particular mains socket.

X Plug the cable connector into the mainssocket.You have oneminute to set the charge cur-rent.

X Press buttonA repeatedly until the indi-cator lamp in the desired setting lights upgreen.The desired value is set.

i After one minute, the charge current canonly be set by restarting. To do so, removethe charging cable from the mains supplyand reinsert it into the mains socket.

Charging the battery using a mainssocket

Connecting a charging cable


X Fully unwind the charging cable beforecharging.

X Engage transmission position j.X Turn the SmartKey to position u in theignition lock and remove it.

X Open charge socket flap : (Y page 70).X Release lock = on socket cap ;.Socket cap ; opens.

X Insert themainsplug into themains socketas far as it will go.

X Only for charging cable version 2: set thedesired charge current.

X Insert the charging cable connector intovehicle socket A as far as it will go.The high-voltage battery is charged andindicator lamp ? on the vehicle socketslowly flashes green.

i The high-voltage battery is fullycharged when indicator lamp ? on thevehicle socket lights up green perma-nently.


>>Driving.

Z

i The vehicle must not be moved duringcharging. The gear lever cannot be shiftedfrom position j.

i The engine cooling system and batterycooling system may audibly switch onduring charging depending on the tem-perature.

i Only for charging cable version 2: ifcharging the vehicle's high-voltage bat-tery is taking longer than usual, check themaximum charge current settings.

Removing the charging cable

! Always disconnect the charging cablefrom the vehicle socket first. Disconnect-ing the charging cable from the stationarysocket first could damage the chargingcable connector.

The charging cable can be removed when thehigh-voltage battery is completely chargedor charging has to be interrupted.

X Disconnect the charging cable from vehi-cle socket A.

X Close socket cap ;.X Close charge socket flap :.X Disconnect the charging cable from themains socket.

X Stow the charging cable safely in thecharging cable bag (Y page 75).

Charging the battery at a charging sta-tion or wall box

Charging stations without communica-tions functionality

Charging stations without communicationsfunctionality must be activated beforecharging, e.g. by using an RFID card. To dothis, please observe the notes of the operatorof the charging station.

Charging stations with communicationcapabilities (Plug&Charge)

The "Plug&Charge" function is not availablein all countries.

A suitable electricity contract is required inorder to use "Plug&Charge". To arrange this,contact the charging station operator.If the vehicle is connected to a charging sta-tion with communication capabilities, infor-mation and technical parameters areexchanged so that the charging process canbe started without additional activation.This function is called "Plug&Charge".Due to the data transfer, it may take up to30 seconds after the charging cable is con-nected before charging begins.

Connecting a charging cable

G DANGER

Connecting the charging cable to the wall-box via an incorrectly installed wallbox orby means of adapters, extension cables orsimilar could cause a fire or an electricshock. There is a risk of fatal injury.

To avoid such risks, observe the following:

ROnly connect the charging cable to awallbox:

- which has been properly installed and

- has been inspected by a qualifiedelectrician

RFor safety reasons, only use chargingcables which have been tested andapproved for charging the high-voltagebattery of an electric vehicle.

RNever use damaged charging cables.

RDo not connect the charging cable to anamplifier.

RDo not extend the charging cable.

RNever use an adapter.

RObserve the safety notes in the operat-ing instructions for the wallbox.


Driving.


X Wallbox without a pre-installed cable orcharging station: before using the charg-ing cable for the first time, remove theadhesive tape, which holds the cabletogether.

X Fully unwind the charging cable beforecharging.

X Engage transmission position j.X Turn the SmartKey to position u in theignition lock and remove it.

X Open charge socket flap : (Y page 70).X Release locking mechanism = on socketcap ;.Socket cap ; opens.

X Insert the charging cable connector intovehicle socket A as far as it will go.The high-voltage battery is charged andindicator lamp ? on the vehicle socketslowly flashes green.

i The high-voltage battery is fullycharged when indicator lamp ? on thevehicle socket lights up green.

i The vehicle must not be moved duringcharging. The gear lever cannot be shiftedfrom position j.

i The engine cooling system and batterycooling system may audibly switch on

during charging depending on the tem-perature.

Removing the charging cable

The charging cablemaybe removedwhen thecharging process has completed or has beencanceled.

X Press the % button on the SmartKey.Indicator lamp? above vehicle socketAgoes out.

X Disconnect the charging cable from vehi-cle socket A.

X Close socket cap ;.X Close charge socket flap :.

Storing the charging cable

! The charging cablemust be stowed in thecharging cable bag only to prevent it frombeing thrown around inside the vehicle.

X Stow the charging cable in the chargingcable bag.

The charging cable bag is located in thetrunk (Y page 135).


>>Driving.

Z

Switching on the lighting

Useful information

The driver must ensure that the light set-tings match the current weather, light andtraffic conditions.For reasons of safety, smart recommends thatyou drive with the daytime driving lights orlow beam headlamps switched on even dur-ing the daytime.A warning tone sounds if the lights are stillon when you leave the vehicle.In some countries, operation of the head-lamps varies due to legal requirements andself-imposed obligations.

: Combination switch control; Marking

Activating automatic headlamp mode

G WARNING

When the light switch is set to Ã, thelow-beam headlamps may not be switchedon automatically if there is fog, snow orother causes of poor visibility due to theweather conditions such as spray. There isa risk of an accident.

In such situations, turn the light switch toL.

While the engine is running, the light settingis selected automatically according to thebrightness of the ambient light. Ã con-trols the daytime running lights, parkinglamps and low beam headlamps. The auto-matic headlamp feature is only an aid. Thedriver is responsible for the vehicle's light-ing at all times.

X Turn combination switch control: to theÃ position.

If one or more of the following eventualitiesoccurs, the lights are switched off automat-ically:

Rthe engine is switched offRthe driver's door is openedRthe vehicle is lockedRthe high-beam headlamps are notswitched onwhen the vehicle is stationary

Switching on the low-beam headlamps

X Turn combination switch control: to theL position.The L indicator lamp lights up in theinstrument cluster.

Switching the high-beam headlampson or off

The engine must be running.

X Turn the combination switch control to theÃ or K position.

X To switch on: press the combination switchin the direction of arrow 1.

X To switch off:move the combination switchback to its original position.

The K indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up when the high-beam head-lamps are switched on.

Using the high-beam flasher

X Pull the combination switch in the direc-tion of arrow 2.

76 Switching on the lighting>>

Ensu

ringgo

odvisibility.

Switching the parking lamps on

X Turn combination switch control: to theT position.

Canada only: the parking lamps are onlyswitched on when the engine is switched off.When the engine is running, the low beamheadlamps are switched on.

Switching the fog lamps and rear foglamp on and off

Only vehicleswith front fog lampsare equip-ped with the "fog lamps" function.

: Combination switch middle ring; Marking

The ignition and either the parking lamps orlow beam headlamps must be switched on inorder to switch the fog lamps on.The engine must be started and either theparking lamps or low beam headlampsswitched on in order to switch the rear foglamp on.

X To activate or deactivate manually, turncombination switch middle ring : to thedesired marking:RO fog lampsRR rear fog lamp

After releasing, the combination switchmid-dle ring returns automatically to the neutralposition.The fog lamps and rear fog lamp also go outautomatically in the following situations:

Rthe lights are switched offRthe engine is switched off and the controlis in the Ã position

Using the cornering light function

Only vehicles with the LED & Sensor packageare equipped with the cornering light func-tion.The cornering light function uses the frontfog lamp to improve the illumination of theroad in the direction in which you are turn-ing, enabling better visibility in tight bends,for example.The following conditionsmust be fulfilled forthe cornering light function to switch onautomatically:Rthe low-beam headlamps are switched onRthe vehicle is moving at less than 25 mph(40 km/h)Rthe turn signal is switched on or the steer-ing wheel is turned

Using the interior lighting

Switching the interior lighting on andoff

The interior lights go onwhenyou unlock thedoors.The interior lights switch off in the followingsituations:

Ra door is opened and 15 minutes havepassedRall doors are closed, the vehicle has beenlocked and 15 seconds have passedRall doors are closed, the vehicle has notbeen locked and 4 minutes have passed.Rthe engine has been startedThe interior lighting can be activatedwhen adoor is open. After closing the doors, theinterior lighting goes out.

Using the interior lighting 77

>>En

suringgo

odvisibility.

Z

X Press switch : to switch the left-handreading lamp on and off.

X Move switch ; to the desired position:Rinterior lighting switched onRinterior lighting controlled automati-callyRinterior lighting switched off

X Press switch = to switch the right-handreading lamp on and off.

Adjusting the ambient lighting (colordisplay)

On-board computer with color display: theambient lighting is set in the on-board com-puter (Y page 97).

Using the windshield wiper

Switching on the windshield wiper

Please note

! Do not operate the windshield wiperswhen the windshield is dry, as this coulddamage the wiper blades. Moreover, dustthat has collected on the windshield canscratch the glass if wiping takes placewhen the windshield is dry.If it is necessary to switch on the wind-shield wipers in dry weather conditions,always use washer fluid when operatingthe windshield wipers.

! Vehicles with a rain sensor: if the wind-shield becomes dirty in dry weather con-ditions, the windshield wipers may beactivated inadvertently. This could thendamage the windshield wiper blades orscratch the windshield.For this reason, you should always switchoff the windshield wipers in dry weather.

! Make sure that the front windshield wip-ers are free of ice. The wiper motor couldotherwise overheat.

Wiper blades are subject to wear and tear.smart recommends replacing the wiperblades twice a year. Worn or damaged wiperblades cause smearing on the windshield. Onvehicles with a rain sensor, malfunctions arethen possible.

Switching continuous wipe on and off

: Control for wipe frequencyg Continuous wipe, off© Automatic wipe1 Continuous wipe, slow2 Continuous wipe, fastî Wiping with washer fluid

The ignition must be switched on in order tooperate the windshield wiper.

X Press the combination switch down or upto the desired position.

Automatic wipe (vehicles with rain sen-sor)

The rain sensor is only an aid. The driver isresponsible for ensuring good visibility atall times.

X Press the combination switch to the ©position. In automatic wipe mode, theappropriate wiping frequency is setaccording to the intensity of the rain.

X Use control : to set the wipe frequency.

Switching on intermittent wiping

X Press the combination switch to the ©position.

X Use control : to set the wipe frequency.

Wiping with washer fluid

X Pull the combination switch in the direc-tion of arrow î.

78 Using the windshield wiper>>

Ensu

ringgo

odvisibility.

Switching the rear window wiper onand off (smart fortwo coupe)

To operate the rear window wiper, the igni-tion must be switched on.

X Turn the outer control on the combinationswitch to the desired position:Rg Rear window wiper offRè Rear window wiper onRî Wipes with washer fluid

Switching the rear window wiper onand off when in reverse gear (smartfortwo coupe)

You can switch the "Automatic rear windowwiper when backing up" setting on or off inthe smart Media-System. The rear windowwiper operates automatically for a shortwhile when the ignition and the windshieldwiper are switched on and reverse gear isengaged.

X In the smartMedia-System, select Vehicle> Settings > Auto rear wipe withreverse gear.The selected setting is highlighted.

X Confirm the setting with Done.

Folding the sun visor to the side

G WARNING

If the mirror cover of the vanity mirror isfolded up when the vehicle is in motion,you could be blinded by incident light.There is a risk of an accident.

Always keep the mirror cover folded downwhile driving.

: Mirror cover; Bracket= Retaining strap? Vanity mirror

X Fold the sun visor down.X Pull the sun visor out of retainer ;.X Fold the sun visor to one side

Folding the sun visor to the side 79

>>En

suringgo

odvisibility.

Z

Locking and unlocking the doors fromthe inside

Using the door handle to unlock thedoor

X Pull door handle :.

If the vehicle has previously been lockedwith the SmartKey, opening a door from theinside will trigger the anti-theft alarm sys-tem. To disable the alarm, switch on the igni-tion.

Centrally locking and unlocking thevehicle from the inside

G WARNING







Rshifting the automatic transmission outof park position P

RStart the engine.



X To lock: press button :.When the doors are locked, indicatorlamp ; lights up.

X To unlock: press button :.

Activating and deactivating the auto-matic locking feature

The activated automatic locking featurelocks the vehicle automatically when theignition is switched on and the vehicle ismoving.

X When the engine is running, press andhold button : for 5 seconds until a tonesounds.Repeat the procedure to deactivate theautomatic locking feature.When the automatic locking function isactivated, the locking mechanism engagesaudibly when you pull away. When theautomatic locking function is deactivated,no sound occurs.

Understanding the reversing feature

Vehicles with automatic operation: the sidewindows are equipped with an automaticreversing feature. If a solid object blocks orrestricts a side window from closing duringautomatic operation, the side window opensagain automatically. During the manualclosing process, the side window only opensagain automatically after the correspondingswitch is released. The automatic reversingfeature is only an aid. The driver is respon-sible for operating the side windows safely.

80 Understanding the reversing feature>>

Feelingcomfortab

lein

theve

hicle

interior.

G WARNING

The reversing feature does not react:

Rto soft, light and thin objects, e.g. smallfingers

Rwhile adjusting

Thismeans that the reversing feature can-not prevent someone being trapped inthese situations. There is a risk of injury.

Make sure that no body parts are in closeproximity during the closing procedure. Ifsomeone becomes trapped, press the Wbutton to open the side window again.

Opening and closing the windows

Please note

G WARNING

While closing the sidewindows, bodypartsin the closing area could become trapped.There is a risk of injury.

When closing make sure that no parts ofthe body are in the closing area. If some-body becomes trapped, release the switchor press the switch to open the sidewindowagain.

G WARNING

If children operate the side windows theycould become trapped, particularly if theyare left unsupervised. There is a risk ofinjury.


G WARNING

If you close a side window again immedi-ately after it has been blocked or reset, theside window closes with increased or max-imum force. The reversing feature is thennot active. Parts of the body could be trap-ped in the closing area in the process. This

poses an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.

Make sure that no parts of the body are inthe closing area. To stop the closing proc-ess, release the switch or push the switchagain to reopen the side window.

Vehicles with automatic operation: theswitches for both side windows are locatedon the driver's door. There is also a switch forthe front-passenger window on the front-passenger door. The switch on the driver’sdoor takes precedence.

Opening and closing the windows

Vehicles with automatic operation: Left side window; Right side window

Vehicles without automatic operation

X To open: press the switch.X To close: pull the switch.

Opening and closing the windows 81

>>Fe

elingcomfortab

lein

theve

hicle

interior.

Z

Opening and closing windows fully inautomatic mode

Vehicles with automatic operation:

X To open the windows fully, press theswitch beyond the point of resistance andrelease it.

X To close the windows fully, pull the switchbeyond the point of resistance and releaseit.

X To stop automatic operation, press theswitch again.

Using the soft top (smart fortwo cabrio)

Please note

G WARNING

During opening and closing of the foldingtop or rear soft top, body partsmay becometrapped for example, by the roof mechan-ical system. There is a risk of injury.

Ensure that no parts of the body are in theimmediate vicinity of moving parts duringthe closing or opening process. Release theswitch immediately if somebody becomestrapped.

! When transporting long objects in thevehicle interior when the folding top isclosed, make sure that the objects do notpush against the folding top.When transporting objects that protrudeout of the rear of the vehicle, make surethat the objects do not rest on the rear softtop latch (bracket). Make sure that nosharp edged parts come into contact withthe soft top or the rear window duringloading.Do not place flatly distributed loads with aweight of more than 75 kg on the foldeddown rear soft top.Make sure that the high-mounted brakelamp is not covered.

! Do not obstruct the latch openings of thesoft top system. Stow the side bars only inthe designated stowage well of the tail-gate.

! Make sure that objects arenot stacked toohigh in the cargo compartment. They maybe damaged when the rear soft top isopened or closed.

The procedure for removing, installing andstowing the side bars is described below. TheQR code is a link to a video clip that demon-strates the procedure.

Opening and closing the soft top

To open or close the soft top, the ignitionmust be switched on.

X To open: press the switch to position ;until the soft top is in the desired position.Press switch; again to fully open the softtop.

X To close: press the switch to position :until the soft top is in the desired position.

It is possible to open or close the soft topwhile driving up to the maximum designspeed. In poor weather and at high speeds, itis possible that electric lockingwhen closingis not reliable. If this is the case you mustreduce the speed and, if necessary, press theswitch again to close the soft top.

82 Using the soft top (smart fortwo cabrio)>>

Feelingcomfortab

lein

theve

hicle

interior.

Opening the soft top (using the Smart-Key)

X Press and hold theé button on theSmartKey.

Removing the side bars

X Open the soft topX Open the doors and tailgate.

X To release: slide lever : back.The side bar is unlocked.

X Push lever : back again and remove sidebars ;.

Stowing the side bars

G WARNING

If you transport the side bars withoutsecuring them, theymay be thrown aroundin the event of an accident, braking or sud-den changes in direction. There is a risk ofinjury.

Always stow the side bars in the designa-ted stowage well and close the stowagewell lid.

! When the soft top is folded down, theft ofthe sidebars is possible. Therefore, removethe side bars and stow them in the cargocompartment or close the soft top.

! If you load the stowage space it could bedamaged.Never stow heavy objects on the stowagespace or sit on it.

Please note:

Ronly use the stowage space to store theside barsRalways place both side bars in the stowagespace

Observe the notice on the stowage well.

X Release fastening straps: on the stowagespace and guide the locking mechanismwith your hand until the fastening strapsare released.

X Open cover ;.X Store the side bars as shown (observemarkings l and k on the side bars andthe stowage compartment for the left andright side bars):

Using the soft top (smart fortwo cabrio) 83

>>Fe

elingcomfortab

lein

theve

hicle

interior.

Z

: Side bar, front left; Side bar, rear left= Side bar, front right? Side bar, rear right

X Close the cover.The cover must audibly engage.

X Secure both fastening straps with ten-sioner : on rear detent ;.The red surfaces at the sidemust no longerbe visible. An audible click can be heardupon engaging.

X Close the tailgate.X If the tailgate does not close properly,check if the side bars have been stored asspecified.

Mounting the side bars

G WARNING

If the side bars are incorrectly mountedthey may become loose during the journeyand endanger other road users. There is arisk of an accident and injury.

Mount the side bars as described.

X Open the doors and tailgate.X Release the fastening straps on the stow-age space and guide the locking mecha-nism with your hand until the fasteningstraps are released.

X Open the cover.X Remove the side bars.

X Insert the side bar from the stowage com-partment marked L on the left side at frontend :.

X Press down rear end of side bar; until itengages twice.

X Install the side bar from the stowage com-partmentmarked R on the right-hand side.

Closing the stowage well without theside bars

X Move folding mechanism : in the direc-tion of the arrow.

X Close cover ;.

84 Using the soft top (smart fortwo cabrio)>>

Feelingcomfortab

lein

theve

hicle

interior.

X Secure both fastening straps with ten-sioner : on front detent ;.The red surfaces at the sidemust no longerbe visible. An audible click can be heardupon engaging.

X Close the tailgate.

Installing and removing the windscreen (smart fortwo cabrio)

Installing the wind screen

X Open the soft top completely.X Attach recesses: of wind screen= on tohooks ; on the roll bar.

X Attach loops A on to hooks ? in the sidepaneling.

Removing the wind screen

X Unhook loopsA from hooks? in the sidepaneling.

X Unhook recesses : from hooks ; on theroll bar.

Operating the climate control system

Useful information

The climate control system is only availablewhen the ignition is switched on.If the climate control system is deactivated,the air supply and circulation are switchedoff. The windows could fog up. You shouldtherefore switch off the climate control sys-tem for brief periods only.In air-recirculationmode, only the air insidethe vehicle is recirculated and no fresh air isintroduced. This is useful in a tunnel orwhenthere are unpleasant odors outside the vehi-cle. In air-recirculation mode, the windowsmay fog up more quickly, particularly whenthe outside temperature is low. Therefore,switch on air-recirculation mode onlybriefly.smart fortwo cabrio: when the soft top isopen, the climate control system is alwaysdeactivated. When the temperature is set tomaximumcooling, the climate control systemremains activated.The integrated filter in the climate controlsystem keeps out most particles of dust aswell as pollen. The filter reduces the amountof air supplied to the vehicle interior. For thisreason, always observe the interval forreplacing the filter.

Operating the climate control system 85

>>Fe

elingcomfortab

lein

theve

hicle

interior.

Z

Operating the automatic climate con-trol

Switching the automatic climate controlsystem on and off

The ignition must be switched on in order tooperate the blower. The engine must be run-ning in order to operate all the functions ofthe automatic climate control system.

X To switch on: press the Ã button.The indicator lamps below Ã and¿ light up.

X To switch off: press the ^ button.The indicator lamp below ^ lights up.

Setting the temperature

X Move the slider in small increments to theleft or right.

In automatic mode, the set temperature ismaintained at a constant level. The air dis-tribution and blower speed are regulatedautomatically.

Switching the air distribution on and off

X Press one or more of the ¯, P, Obuttons.R¯ Defroster ventsRP Center and side air ventsRO Footwell vents

Increasing the blower speed

X Press the K button.

Decreasing the blower speed

X Press the I button.

Activating/deactivating air-recircula-tion mode

X Press theÀ button.The indicator lamp aboveÀ lights upwhen air-recirculation mode is activated.

Switching "Cooling with air dehumidifi-cation" on or off

The "Cooling with air dehumidification"function cools and dehumidifies the airinside the vehicle during warm weather.The engine must be running in order to use"Cooling with air dehumidification".

X To switch on: press the K and¿ button.The indicator lamp below ¿ lights upwhen the function is activated.

In dampweather switch off the "Cooling withair dehumidification" function only briefly.Otherwise the windows will fog up faster.

Defrosting the windshield

X Press the ¬ button.The indicator lamp above ¬ lights upwhen the windshield is being defrosted.

Use this setting only until the windshield isclear again.

Defrosting the rear window

When the rear window defroster is activated,the exterior mirrors are also heated.

X Press the ¤ button.The indicator lamp above ¤ lights upwhen the rear window defroster is activa-ted.

Use this setting only until the rear window isclear again.

86 Operating the climate control system>>

Feelingcomfortab

lein

theve

hicle

interior.

Dryingwindows that are foggedupon theinside

X Press the ¿ button.X Press the Ã button.X If the windows are still fogged up, pressthe ¬ button.

Use this setting only until the windows areclear again.

Dryingwindows that are foggedupon theoutside

X Switch on the windshield wipers.X Press the ¬ button.

Use this setting only until the windows areclear again.

Setting the pre-entry climate control atdeparture time using the on-board com-puter

The "Pre-entry climate control at departuretime" function heats or cools the vehicleinterior before the scheduled departure time.The climate control runs until approx. 10minutes after the set departure time.The vehiclemust be connected to the chargerin order to activate pre-entry climate con-trol. The battery charge and the charge out-put of the high-voltage battery must be suf-ficient.If pre-entry climate control cannot be oper-ated, a display message is shown in the on-board computer.

X Call up Pre-ent. Clim. Ctrl. & Chargein the on-board computer.

X Press a.X Select one of the following settings:Rno PreselectionThe pre-entry climate control is deacti-vated.RTwo stored departure times

X Departure time > select Activate to acti-vate the stored departure time.

X Departure time > select Change to changethe settings of a stored departure time.

X Set the value

i If instant charging is selected, thehigh-voltage battery is charged regard-

less of the cost information. A part of thecharging may not be conducted untilone to two hours before the departure time,in order for temperature control of thehigh-voltage battery to be carried out forthe intended departure time.

Setting the air vents

Please note

G WARNING

Very hot or very cold air can flow from theair vents. This could result in burns orfrostbite in the immediate vicinity of theair vents. There is a risk of injury.

Make sure that all vehicle occupantsalways maintain a sufficient distance tothe air outlets. If necessary, redirect theairflow to another area of the vehicle inte-rior.

G WARNING

If you spray cleaning products or disin-fectant into the ventilation system of thevehicle, this could ignite. There is a risk offire.

Never spray these or any other substancesinto the ventilation system. Always havework on the ventilation system carried outat a qualified specialist workshop.

Keep the following rules in mind for optimalclimate control:

RKeep the air slots between the servicecover and windshield clear of blockages.RDonot cover thevents or ventilationgrillesin the vehicle interior.ROpen the air vents fully.

Operating the climate control system 87

>>Fe

elingcomfortab

lein

theve

hicle

interior.

Z

Opening and closing the air vents

X To open: turn vent 1 outwards.X To close: turn vent 2 inwards.

Directing the air vents

X Turn the air vents upwards, downwards, tothe left or to the right as desired.

Activating/deactivating the seat heat-ing and steering wheel heating

G WARNING

Repeatedly switching on the seat heatingcan cause the seat cushion, the backrestpad and parts of the steering wheel tobecome very hot. The health of personswith limited temperature sensitivity or alimited ability to react to higher tempera-tures may be affected or they may evensuffer burn-like injuries. There is a risk ofinjury.

Therefore, do not switch the seat heatingon repeatedly.

! When the seat heating is switched on, theseat surface can be damaged as a result ofobjects being placed on the seats, forexample, seat cushions, child seats andprotective covers not approved byMercedes-Benz.Ensure that there are no objects on the seatsurface when the seat heating is switchedon.

The seat heating only works when the igni-tion is switched on. Vehicles with the Winterpackage are additionally equipped with the"Steering wheel heating": function.

X Press button =.Indicator lamp ; lights up when seatheating is activated.Vehicles with the Winter package: steeringwheel heating: is also switched on whenthe driver's seat heating is activated.

Using the accessories

Using the cigarette lighter

G WARNING

You can burn yourself if you touch the hotheating element or the socket of the ciga-rette lighter.

In addition, flammable materials canignite if:

Rthe hot cigarette lighter falls

Ra child holds the hot cigarette lighter toobjects, for example

There is a risk of fire and injury.

Always hold the cigarette lighter by theknob. Always make sure that the cigarettelighter is out of reach of children. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehi-cle.

88 Using the accessories>>

Feelingcomfortab

lein

theve

hicle

interior.

The cigarette lighter only works when theignition is switched on.

X Press cigarette lighter :.When cigarette lighter: is hot, it pops upautomatically.

Using the ash tray

! The cup holder in the center console isnot heat resistant. Before placing lit ciga-rettes in the ashtray, make sure that theashtray is fully inserted in the cup holder.Make sure that lit cigarettes donot fall intothe cup holder.Otherwise, the cup holder could be dam-aged.

X To open: lift up cover :.X To close: push down cover :.X To remove: pull the ashtray up and out.X To insert: insert the ashtray into the cupholder.

Using the 12 V socket

X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in theignition lock.

X Lift up the cover of socket :.X Connect device.

The socket can be used for accessories up to amaximum draw of 120 W (15 A).If you use the socket for very long periodswhen the engine is switched off, the 12 Vbattery may discharge.

Installing and removing the floormats

G WARNING

Objects in the driver's footwell can restrictthe pedal travel or obstruct a depressedpedal. The operating and road safety of thevehicle is jeopardized. There is a risk of anaccident.

Make sure that all objects in the vehicle arestowed correctly, and that they cannotenter the driver's footwell. Install thefloormats securely and as specified inorder to ensure sufficient clearance for thepedals. Do not use loose floormats and donot place floormats on top of one another.

Using the accessories 89

>>Fe

elingcomfortab

lein

theve

hicle

interior.

Z

X Slide the driver's seat backward.X To install: press securing knobs : ontoretainers ;.

X To remove: release securing knobs: fromretainers ;.

90 Using the accessories>>

Feelingcomfortab

lein

theve

hicle

interior.

Parking

Please note

G WARNING

The automatic transmission switches toneutral position N when you switch off theengine. The vehiclemay roll away. There isa risk of an accident.

Before switching off the engine, alwaysswitch to parking position P. Prevent theparked vehicle from rolling away byapplying the parking brake.

! Always secure the vehicle correctlyagainst rolling away. Otherwise, the vehi-cle or its drivetrain could be damaged.

Parking the vehicle

X Apply the parking brake.X Shift the transmission to position j.X Turn the SmartKey to position u in theignition lock and remove it.

X On steep uphill or downhill gradients, turnthe front wheels towards the curb.

X Lock the vehicle.

Using the rear view camera

Please note

The rear view camera is only an aid. It is nota replacement for your attention to yourimmediate surroundings. You are alwaysresponsible for safe maneuvering and park-ing. Make sure that there are no persons,animals or objects etc., in the maneuveringarea while maneuvering or parking.

! If the rear of your vehicle is damaged,consult a qualified specialist workshopand have the rear view camera checked.

! Objects that are not at ground levelappear further away than they actuallyare, for example:

Rthe bumper of the vehicle parked behindRthe drawbar of a trailerRthe ball coupling of a trailer tow hitch

Rthe tail-end of a truckRslanted postsOnly use the image from the rear viewcamera as a guide. You may otherwisedamage your vehicle and/or the object.

Understanding the rear view camerafunctions

The rear view camera is a visual parking andmaneuvering aid. It shows the area behindthe vehicle with guide lines in the rear-viewmirror. The rear view camera is activatedautomatically when the vehicle is in trans-mission position k.

Rear view camera : is located above thelicense plate in the tailgate.The area behind the vehicle is displayed as amirror image, as in the rear-view mirror.The rear view camera might show a distortedview of obstacles or show them incorrectly ornot at all if:

Rthe obstacle is very close to the rearbumper.Rthe obstacle is underneath the rearbumper.Rthe obstacle is close to the tailgate handle.Rthe rear view camera is covered by addi-tional accessories, e.g. a bicycle rack.

The function of the rear view camera mightbe limited:

Rif the tailgate is openRif there is heavy rain, snowfall or fogRif the ambient light is too dark or too brightRif there is fluorescent light shining, e.g.under fluorescent lamps or LED lighting

Using the rear view camera 91

>>Pa

rkingan

dge

ttingou

t.

Z

Rif the outside temperature changesquicklyRif the camera lens is dirty (Y page 160)Guide lines in different colors show the dis-tance of obstacles from the rear of the vehi-cle.The display in the rear-view mirror showsthe message Check Entire Surroundings.This means that you must observe yourentire surroundings, including persons andobstacles, when maneuvering or parking.

: Vehicle width including exterior mirrors; Green: approx. 59 in (1.50 m)= Yellow: approx. 27 in (0.7 m)? Red: approx.12 in (0.3 m)

The distance specifications only apply toobjects that are at ground level.

Activating the rear view camera

The ignition must be switched on to use therear view camera. When reverse gear isengaged, the rear view camera switches onautomatically.The area behind the vehicle is shown withguide lines in the rear-view mirror display.The rear view camera image shown in themirror is reduced accordingly.

Switching off the rear view camera

After driving forwards briefly, the rear viewcamera will turn itself off.

Locking the vehicle

G WARNING







Rshift the transmission out of park posi-tion P

Rstart the vehicle's drive system.



X Press the & button on the SmartKey.The turn signals flash twice.

Locking is confirmed by an audible signal.

Arming and disarming the anti-theftalarm system

Useful information

The immobilizer prevents the vehicle frombeing started without the correct SmartKey.It is switched on and off automatically.Theanti-theft alarmsystem triggers a visualandaudible alarm if adoor, the tailgate or theservice cover is opened.The alarm is not switched off, even if, forexample, you close the open door that hastriggered it.

Arming

X Close the doors.X Close the tailgate.

92 Arming and disarming the anti-theft alarm system>>

Parkingan

dge

ttingou

t.

X Close the service cover.X Press the & button on the SmartKey.The alarm system is armed after approx-imately 30 seconds.

Disarming and switching off the alarm

X Press the % button on the SmartKey.

Arming and disarming the anti-theft alarm system 93

>>Pa

rkingan

dge

ttingou

t.

Z

Overview of the on-board computer

Please note

G WARNING



G WARNING

If the instrument cluster has failed ormal-functioned, you may not recognize func-tion restrictions in systems relevant tosafety. The operating safety of your vehi-cle may be impaired. There is a risk of anaccident.

Drive on carefully. Have the vehiclechecked at a qualified specialist workshopimmediately.

If the operating safety of your vehicle isimpaired, youmust park the vehicle safely assoon as possible. Consult a qualified spe-cialist workshop.The outside temperature is displayed on thefar right in the top bar. Drivers must payspecial attention to road conditions whentemperatures are around freezing point.Changes in the outside temperature are dis-played after a short delay.After opening the door, the on-board com-puter is activated for approximately15 minutes. To permanently activate the on-board computer, the ignition must beswitched on.

Color display overview

: Time; Digital Speedometer= Outside temperature display? Display field for display messages,

menus and listsA ECO modeB Remaining rangeC Transmission displayD Cruise control

Calling up displays

Calling up displays (color display)

Calling up displays

: Color display; Left control panel

94 Calling up displays>>

Operatingtheon

-boa

rdcomputer.

X Briefly press 9 or : on left controlpanel ;, to scroll forward or back.

X Press and hold9 or: on left controlpanel ;, to directly call up the Distancedisplay.

The following displays can be called up oneafter another:

RDistanceRTrip computer from StartRTrip computer from ResetReco score from StartREnergy consumption bar chartREnergy FlowRPre-ent. Clim. Ctrl & ChargeRMessages and ServiceRSettingsRDigital SpeedometerDistance display

: Trip distance; Total distance

Trip computer display

: Elapsed time; Distance= Average speed? Average energy consumption

Thedata in thefrom Startmenu refers to thestart of the journey, whilst the data in thefrom Reset menu refers to the last time thesubmenu was reset.

If the ignition remains switched off for lon-ger than four hours, the from Start values inthe instrument cluster are reset.

eco score display

The eco score display provides feedback onhoweconomical thedriver's drivingbehavioris (Y page 62).If the ignition remains switched off for lon-ger than fourhours, the eco scoredisplaywillbe automatically reset.When the eco score display is reset, the fromStart trip computer in the smartMedia-Sys-tem and the eco score display are also resetin the smart Media-System.

Energy consumption bar chart display

: Energy consumption; Recuperation

The display shows the average energy con-sumption and recuperation over the previous15 minutes.

Energy flow display

: Total output; Output for auxiliary consumers

Calling up displays 95

>>Operatingtheon

-boa

rdcomputer.

Z

The total output shows the driver the sum ofthe energy currently flowing from the bat-tery. The color of the battery shows whetherenergy is being consumed or recuperated:RBattery symbol is orange: energy is beingconsumed.RBattery symbol is green: energy is beingrecuperated.RBattery symbol is gray: energy consump-tion and recuperation are equal or both at0 kW.

The output for auxiliary consumers showsthe driver what output is needed to operateauxiliary consumers, e.g. climate controlsystems or the radio. If the value is kept aslow as possible, a greater range is achieved.

Pre-entry climate control and chargingdisplay

: Time of the full charge; Condition of charge of the battery= Departure time? Smart-ChargingA Charge current and charge output

An arrow underneath the battery indicatesthe condition of charge of the battery at thedeparture time. The condition of charge andthe time of complete charge are only predic-ted approximately. The moment at whichcharging is completed cannot be displayedwhen Smart-Charging is activated.Information on the "Pre-entry climate con-trol at departure time" function (Y page 87).

Messages and service display

: Message memory; Next service due date

The display shows the number of displaymessages in the message memory and thenext service due date.¯ indicates a minor service. ° indi-cates a major service.To show the display messages, the ignitionmust be switched on.

X Press a to scroll through the displaymessages.

Current information on the type of servicecan be obtained at a smart center or a quali-fied specialist workshop.

Digital speedometer display

The display shows the digital speedometer.The digital speedometer in the header is hid-den.

Setting values

Setting values (color display)

Setting values

X Press 9 or : to scroll to Settings.X Press 9 or : to scroll to the desiredmenu.

X Press9 or: to set the desired data.X Press a to confirm.

96 Setting values>>

Operatingtheon

-boa

rdcomputer.

Resetting values

X Press a.X Select yes and press a to confirm.

Setting the time

X Select Settings > Time > Set the Time.X Set valuesVehicles with smart Media-System: thetime and time format are set in the smartMedia-System.

Setting the time format

X Select Settings > Time > Time Format12/24.X Set the value

Adjusting the instrument cluster light-ing

X Select Settings > Display > BrightnessDisplay/Switches.X Set the value

Displaying thedigital speedometer in theheader

X Select Settings > Display > DigitalSpeedometer.X Select the Display Speedometer function.The digital speedometer is displayed inthe header.

Setting the unit for speed in the digitalspeedometer

X Select Settings > Display > DigitalSpeedometer > Unit.X Set the valueThe following values are set:RDigital speedometer displayRDigital speedometer in the header

Setting the unit of measurement for dis-tance

X Select Settings > Display > Units ofDistance.X Set the value

Setting the temperature unit

X Select Settings > Display > Units ofTemperature.X Set the value

Starting the tire pressure monitor

X Select Settings > Tire Pressure Monitor.Information on the tire pressure monitor(Y page 153).

Switching the ambient lighting on/off

X Select Settings > Ambient Lighting > On.Setting the brightness of the ambientlighting

X Select Settings > Ambient Lighting >Brightness.X Set the value

Setting the language

X Select Settings > Language (Language).X Set the value

Setting values 97

>>Operatingtheon

-boa

rdcomputer.

Z

Operatingandsetting the smartAudio-System

smart Audio-System overview

G WARNING



You must observe the legal requirements forthe country in which you are currently driv-ingwhen operating the smart Audio-System.

: Number keys 1 - 6; C Previous station or track= USB1 port and bracket connection for

mobile phone with smart cross connectapp

? D Next station or trackA % Goes back one menu level higherB Control for menu selection and station

list, 9 buttonC USB2 connectionDÃ Telephone menu, to accept or reject

callsEª System settingsF 8 MuteG Õ Plays backmedia fromexternal data

carriers

H $ Switches on the radio and selectsthe waveband.

I External audio equipment (AUX jack)J Volume control, Ü buttonK F Sets the radio text

Operatingandsetting the smartAudio-System

X To switch on or off: press Ü.X To scroll through menus: turn control B.X To select menu options: turn control Band press the 9 button.

X To navigate to the next-highest folders:press the % button.

X To set values: turn controlB andpress the9 button.

X To increase or decrease the volume: turncontrol J.

Using external devices

Useful information

You can connect the following external devi-ces:

RUSB devices, iPods® and MP3 players (USBport)RExternal audio equipment (AUX jack)RBluetooth® devices, such as mobile phonesExternal devices can be charged at USB ports= andCwhen the ignition is switched on. Itis better to use USB port= for charging as itsupplies a higher charge current. To chargean external device remove the cover on USBport =.

Using the smartphone bracket

Useful information

i Operating smartphones in the smart-phone bracket is permitted exclusively inconnection with the smart cross connectapp.

The smartphone bracket keeps your mobilephone secured in the vehicle. In order to use

98 Operating and setting the smart Audio-System>>

Usingthesm

artAudio-S

ystem

.

the smart cross connect app, rotate themobile phone to landscape mode.You can use the USB port behind the smart-phone bracket on the left to charge yourmobile phone during the journeywith a suit-able charging cable.Mobile phonesandotherUSB devices can be charged when the igni-tion is switched on.The smartphone bracket is suitable formobile phones with the following dimen-sions:

RThickness: 0.24 – 0.39 in (6 – 10 mm)RWidth: 2.17 – 3.23 in (55 – 82 mm)RLength: 4.72 – 6.38 in (120 – 162 mm)Further information is available from anysmart center.

Removing the cover of the USB1 connec-tion and securing it

X To remove: turn the cover counter-clock-wise using handle :.

X Press on marking ;.X Remove the cover.X To secure: place the cover in position ;.X Turn the cover clockwise using handle:.

Installing the smartphone bracket

X Remove the cover from the USB1 port.X Connect the smartphone bracket to USB1and turn the fastener to clockwise.

Inserting and removing themobile phone

X To insert:press the right-hand raised but-ton on the bottom edge of the smartphonebracket.The upper tensioning arm opens.

X If necessary, press the left-hand button onthe bottom edge of the smartphonebracket.The tensioning arms on the side open.

X Set the mobile phone in the smartphonebracket.

X If necessary, press the tensioning arms onthe side together to set them to the size ofthe mobile phone.

X Press down the upper tensioning arms tosecure the mobile phone.

X To remove: press the right-hand raisedbutton on the bottom edge of the smart-phone bracket.The upper tensioning arm opens.

X Remove the mobile phone from the smart-phone bracket.

Operating the smart Audio-System viathe mobile phone

You can use the smart cross connect app foriOS and Android™ to operate the smartAudio-System via a mobile phone.

X Download the smart cross connect appfrom the App Store® (iOS) or Google Play™(Android™) and install it on the mobilephone.

X Connect the mobile phone with the smartAudio-System via Bluetooth®.

X Insert the mobile phone into the bracket.

Further information about operating thesmart Audio-System viamobile phone can befound in the smart cross connect app user'sguide.

Adjusting the system settings

Setting the system language

X Press theª button.X Select Language.The list of languages appears.

X Select the language.

Operating and setting the smart Audio-System 99

>>Usingthesm

artAudio-S

ystem

.

Z

Switching the time on or off

X Press theª button.X Select Clock.X Select ON or OFF.Setting the time

X Press theª button.X Select Clock.X Select Set Time.X Set the time.

Setting the time format

X Press theª button.X Select Clock.X Select Format.X Choose one of the following time formats:RAm/PmR24hr

Adjusting the audio settings

Adjusting the sound

X Press theª button.X Select Audio.X Select Sound.X Select the desired sound settings:RBass: adjusts the bass.RTreble: adjusts the treble.RBal.: adjusts the surround sound (bal-ance) to left or right.

Switching Bass Boost on or off (vehicleswithout JBL sound system)

X Press theª button.X Select Audio.X Select Bass Boost.X Select ON or OFF.Resetting audio settings

X Press theª button.X Select Audio.

X Select Audio Default.X Select Yes.Adjusting the volume to the vehiclespeed (vehicles without JBL sound sys-tem)

X Press theª button.X Select Audio.X Select Speed Vol..X Select the desired level.The higher the level, the higher the volumewill be at increasing road speeds.

Listening to the radio

Switching on the radio

X Press the Ü button.X Press the $ button.

The smart Audio-System receives datatransmitted via the Radio Data System (RDS).

Selecting a waveband

X Press the $ button repeatedly until thedesired waveband appears.

If available, you can switch between the fol-lowing wavebands:

RFM1RFM2RAM

Selecting stations manually

X Press the D or C button to set thedesired frequency.

Holding down theD orC button startsthe station search, which stops at the nextstation with adequate reception.

100 Listening to the radio>>

Usingthesm

artAudio-S

ystem

.

Setting a station from the station list

X Press a in radio mode.The station list appears.

X Select a station.X Press a to confirm.

Updating the station list

X Press the $ button until you hear atone.

Storing a station

X Select a waveband.X Set the station.X Press a number key1 to6 until you heara tone.The station set for this waveband will besaved at the button you have pressed.

Selecting a stored station

X Select a waveband.X Press a number key for the stored station.

Switching traffic announcementson/off

X Press theª button.X Select Radio.X Select TA.X Select ON or OFF.

Interrupting a traffic announcement

X During a traffic announcement, brieflypress %.

Displaying radio text in FM radio

X Press the F button.If radio text is available, it will be dis-played.

Using a mobile phone

Connecting a mobile phone

Useful information

The Bluetooth®-capable mobile phone mustbe compatible with the smart Audio-System.Overview of compatible mobile phones:http://www.smart.com/connect.

To make a call, Bluetooth® must be activatedon the mobile phone and the smart Audio-System.

Once outside the Bluetooth® reception range,the connection is terminated automatically.To clearly identify a mobile phone, changethe device name (see the manufacturer'soperating instructions).

Activating Bluetooth® on a mobile phone

X Activate Bluetooth® on the mobile phone(see themanufacturer's operating instruc-tions).

X Search for devices.

Switching on the Bluetooth® function ofthe smart Audio-System

X Press theÃ button.X Turn control B to Bluetooth and confirmwith 9.

X Turn controlB to ON and confirm with 9.The î dot shows the active setting.

Authorizing a mobile phone on the smartAudio-System

X Press theÃ button.X Select Scan devices.The system searches for available mobilephones and displays them in a list.

X Select the mobile phone and confirm with9.

X Do one of the following:RIf a code appears in the smart Audio-Systemdisplay and on themobile phone,confirm it on the mobile phone.RIf the code 0000 appears in the smartAudio-System display, enter it and con-firm it on the mobile phone.

Using a mobile phone 101

>>Usingthesm

artAudio-S

ystem

.

Z

A maximum of five mobile phones can beauthorized. However, only one authorizedmobile phone can be connected with Blue-tooth® at a time.

Loading and updating the phone book

X Press theÃ button.X Select Settings > PB download.X If necessary, accept the access confirma-tion on the mobile phone.

If the mobile phone supports the Bluetooth®

PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile) profile, thephone book and call lists will be transferredafter you connect.

Removing a mobile phone from the list(de-authorizing)

X Press theÃ button.X Select Del. device.Authorized mobile phones are displayed.

X Select the mobile phone to be removed.X Select Yes.After de-authorization, the Bluetooth® con-nection to the mobile phone is no longerestablished automatically.

Connecting another authorized mobilephone

X Activate Bluetooth® on a mobile phoneX Press theÃ button.X Select Sel. device.All authorized mobile phones are dis-played. The currently connected mobilephone is indicated by a dot.

X Select the desired mobile phone from thelist.

Setting the sound

Adjusting the call volume

X Press theÃ button.X Select Settings > Volume > Call.X Select the setting.

Switching the smart Audio-System ring-tone on and off

X Press theÃ button.X Select Settings > Ringtone.X To switch on: select Car.X To switch off: select Phone.Adjusting the ring tone volume

X Press theÃ button.X Select Settings > Volume > Ring.X Select the setting.

Using the telephone

Calling a contact from the phone book

To call a contact in the telephone book, themobile phone telephone book first has to beimported into the smart Audio-System.

X Press theÃ button.X Select Phonebook.X Select the contact.The details for the contact are displayed.

X Dial the desired phone number.X Press the 9 button.

Dialing a number

X Press theÃ button.X Select Dial Number.An input screen appears.

X Enter the number.X Press the 9 button.X Select ;.

Using call lists to call contacts

To call a contact in a call list, the mobilephone telephone book first has to be impor-ted into the smart Audio-System.

X Press theÃ button.X Select Call lists.X Select Dialed, Received or Missed.X Select an entry from the list.

102 Using a mobile phone>>

Usingthesm

artAudio-S

ystem

.

Calling the last number dialed

X Press and hold theÃ button until thecall is established.

Accepting a call

X Press theÃ button.

Rejecting a call

X Press and hold theÃ button until thecall is rejected.

Holding and continuing a call

X To place a call on hold: selectÂ.X To continue the call: press the 9 button.

Transferring a call to the mobile phone

X Select z.X To transfer the call back to the smartAudio-System: press 9.

Entering numbers or characters during acall

X Select #123.X Enter numbers or characters.

Ending a call

X Press the 9 button.

Using voice control for the mobilephone

Useful information

The voice control of the connected mobilephone can be used (see manufacturer's oper-ating instructions). Not all voice controlservices are supported by the smart Audio-System.Voice control must be activated in the set-tings menu of the mobile phone.

Starting voice control for the mobilephone

X Connect the mobile phone with the smartAudio-System via Bluetooth®.

X Press the button on the steeringwheel.A message appears in the display of thesmart Audio-System and a tone sounds.Voice control for the mobile phone isactive.

X Say a command.

Endingvoice control for themobilephone

X Press the button on the steeringwheel.or

X Press the 9 button.Voice control for the mobile phone isended.

Operating external data carriers

Useful information

You can switch between the following mediasources, depending on the type of externaldata carrier connected:

RUSB 1 or iPod 1RUSB 2 or iPod 2RAUX (external audio equipment)RBT Audio (with Bluetooth® connecteddevice, such as a mobile phone)

Selecting external data carriers

X Press the Õ button repeatedly until thedesired media source appears in the dis-play.

Operating a USB device or iPod®

Connecting a device

X Connect the device to the USB port.The device is activated automatically andthe first track is played.

Operating external data carriers 103

>>Usingthesm

artAudio-S

ystem

.

Z

Selecting a track

X In USB mode, press the 9 button.Available tracks or folders are displayed.

X Turn control B.X Press 9 to confirm.

Rapid search

X Press the 9 button.An entry field appears.

X To enter characters, turn control B andpress the 9 button.

Skipping to the next or previous track

X Press the D or C button briefly toskip to the next track or press longer forrapid scrolling.

Switching random track sequence on/off

X Press the C button.

Switching the repeat function on/off

X Press the number key.

Selecting a track from a category with aniPod® connected

X Press the 9 button.X Select the category from a list.Different categories, such as playlists,artists or albums, can be selected, depend-ing on the connected device.

Displaying metadata

X Press the F button repeatedly until thedesired metadata is displayed.

Operating external audio equipment(AUX)

Connecting a device

X Connect the device to the AUX jack.Use the Õ button to access themedia ona connected AUX device.

Adjusting the volume of external audioequipment

X Press theª button.X Select Audio.X Select AUX In.X Select one of the following options for thevolume:RLowRMediumRHigh

Bluetooth® device operation

Connecting a device

X Connect a Bluetooth® audio device thesamewayyou connect amobile phonewithBluetooth®.

Skipping to the next or previous track

X Press the D or C button briefly toskip to the next track or press longer forrapid scrolling.

Displaying metadata

X Press the F button repeatedly until thedesired metadata is displayed.

104 Operating external data carriers>>

Usingthesm

artAudio-S

ystem

.

Operating and setting up the smartMedia-System

Operating the smart Media-System

Please note

Some functions are restricted while driving.

Controls

: Switches voice control system onand off, accepts and ends a phone call

; W Increases the volume= X Reduces the volume? smart Media-System display

Voice control system

The following functions are possible usingthe voice control system of the smart Media-System:

REnter a destination for navigation.RMake a call.RStart an application.

Controls on the smart Media-System

: Previous station or track and fast rewind; Mute= Next station or track and fast forward? Switches to the home screenA On/off button Ü and volume controlB Touchscreen

Ports on the center console

: Port for external audio equipment (AUX); USB port= SD card slot

Some devices, for example mobile phones orUSB drives, connect with the smart Media-System via USB port ;. External deviceswith 5 V (1 A) can be charged on USB port ;when the ignition is switched on.

Operating and setting up the smart Media-System 105

>>Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Overview of home screen

: Radio station, media track; Number of messages in the message

memory= Status of the mobile phone and field

strength of the mobile phone network? Outside temperatureA TimeB MapC Next navigation maneuverD Context menuE Distance to the destination and estima-

ted time of arrivalF Favorites menuG Main menuH Telephone menu, status of the mobile

phone and field strength of the mobilephone network

X To call up a function, tap on an area on thehome page or on a symbol.

The following functions can be selected:

R:: to switch to radio or media applicationR;: to call up message memoryR=: to switch to telephone applicationR?: to call up weather forecast for currentlocationRA: to display time and temperature in fullscreen or call up time settingsRB: to switch to full screennavigation viewRD: to change language, change homepage, remove SD card or switch off displayRF: to view, call up or change FavoritesRG: to call up main menuRH: to switch to telephone application

i The home screen can be set to display theenergy flow.

If the homepage is set so as to display the ecoscore, you can switch to the eco score appli-cation by tapping on the area.

WhenAndroidAuto™orMirrorLink® is active,another symbol is displayed on the homepage. You can switch to the relevant smart-phone screen application by tapping on thesymbol.

Switching the smart Media-Systemon/off

Switching on automaticallyX Start the engine.

Switching off automaticallyX Switch off the ignition and open the door.

Switching on and off manuallyX Press the Ü button.

RestartingX Press the Ü button.The smart Media-System shuts down andrestarts.

i The restart can take several minutes.During the restart, the audio volume can-not be adjusted.

Scrolling through a menu or list on thetouchscreen

X Touch the touchscreen with your finger.X Swipe up, down, left or right.The selection on thedisplaywill thenmovein the respective direction.

Selecting items on the touchscreen

X Tap on a menu, an option or an applicationwith one finger.The menu, the option or the application islaunched.

106 Operating and setting up the smart Media-System>>

Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Controlling media playback on thetouchscreen

X Swipe to the left.The next media item is played or dis-played, e.g. the next track or station.

X Swipe to the right.Playback is restarted or the previousmedia item is played or displayed, e.g. theprevious track.

Media playback can be controlled in the fol-lowing playback modes:

RRadio modeRMusic and audio playbackRImage playbackRVideo playback

Calling up menus

X Select Menu on the home screen.X Select one of the following submenus.Submenus:

RMultimediaRadio and media playbackRNavigationNavigation systemRTelephoneMobile phone functionsRVehicleeco score, energy flow and consumptiondetailsRServicesTomTom ServicesRSystemGeneral systems settings

Confirming settings

X Select Done.Settings are accepted.

Switching off the display

X Select home page > W > Switch offscreen.

Adjusting the system settings

Adjusting the display

Setting the daytime brightnessX Select System > Display .X Move the Daytime brightness control tothe left or right.

Setting the nighttime brightnessX Select System > Display .X Move the Nighttime brightness controlto the left or right.

Activating automatic switching betweendaytime and nighttime brightnessX Select System > Display > Automatic day/night mode.Displaying day mode constantlyX Select System > Display.X Remove the tick for Automatic day/nightmode and Force night mode.Displaying night mode constantlyX Select System > Display > Force nightmode.Setting the system language

X Select System > Language.A list of available languages is displayed.

X Select the desired language.

i The language of the spoken navigationannouncement can be selected independ-ently of the system language.

Changing the on-screen keyboard

X Select System > Keyboards.X Select the keyboard layout.The following keyboard layouts can beselected:

RLatinRGreekRCyrillic

For the Latin keyboard layout, it is possibleto choose between the ABCD, QWERTY, AZERTYand QWERTZ layouts.


>>Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Selecting the home screen display

Different displays are available for the homepage which display up-to-date informationabout the applications in the smart Media-System.

X Select System > Home page .A selection of home screen displaysappears.

X Select the desired display.

Restoring the factory settings

X Select System > Restore factory set‐tings.X Confirm with Yes.All settings changed in the system willreturn to the default values. All destina-tions, routes and Favorites will be deleted.

Setting the time manually

X Select System > Clock > Set time.X Change the minutes and hours of the timeshown.

Activating automatic time adjustment

X Select System > Clock > Set time > Auto‐matic time adjustment.Setting the time format

X Select System > Clock > Time format.X Select the time format.The following time formats can be selec-ted:

R18:00R6:00 PMR6:00

Displaying status and information

X Select System > Status & Information.X Select the information.The following information can be selected:

RVersion informationSoftware and hardware of the Media-SystemRGPS status

Current GPS signal strengthRNetwork statusSignal strength of the data connectionRLicenseFor free and open-source software usedRCopyrightFor texts in the TomTom software used

Adjusting the audio settings

Setting the volume

X Select System > Sound > Sound levels.X Select the volume setting.The following volume settings can beselected:

RMain volumeFor the whole systemRHands-freeFor the hands-free systemRPhone ringtoneThe volume of the ringtoneRNavigationVolume for the whole navigation systemRComputer voiceVolumeof the computer-generated voiceRApp eventsVolume of events triggered by apps

X Set the desired volume.

Adjusting the volume to the vehiclespeed (vehicles without JBL sound sys-tem)

The speed-dependent volume adjustmentfunction adapts the volume to the currentvehicle speed.

X Select System > Sound > Speed sensitiv‐ity volume.X Move the Speed dependency control to theleft or right.The higher the value, the more the volumeincreases with the speed of the vehicle.

Volume adjustment is not set using the con-trol but automatically.

108 Operating and setting up the smart Media-System>>

Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Adjusting surround sound (balance)

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Sound >Balance > Manual.X Move the control to the desired position.X Confirm with Done.Adjusting the bass and treble

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Sound >Bass/Treble > Manual.X Use the control to adjust the bass and tre-ble separately.

Setting a neutral sound for the bass andtreble

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Sound >Bass/Treble > Neutral.Audio is played without increasing thebass or treble.

Activating and deactivating arkamys®

bass boost (vehicles without JBL soundsystem)

The arkamys® bass boost setting emphasizesthe bass during playback.

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Bassboost Arkamys.Manual activation of arkamys® bass boost onmodels with a JBL sound system is not pos-sible. Activation functions automatically.

Setting the volume for warning tones

X Select System > Sound > Alerts.X Move the control to the left or right.

Enablingwarning toneswhen thedisplayis switched off

X Select System > Sound > Alerts > Keepaudio alerts when screen turned off.

Creating and deleting favorites

Creating Favorites

: Preset; Navigation= Radio? TelephoneA ServicesB Context menu

Frequently used settings such as phone con-tacts and radio stations can be stored asfavorites. Six Favorites can be stored for eachof the following categories:

RNavigationRRadioRTelephoneRServicesX Select Favorites on the home screen.X Select a category.X Select the next empty memory position.A list of possible Favorites appears.

X Select favorites.

Deleting Favorites

X Select Favorites on the home screen.X Select W > Remove a Favorite.X Delete a favorite.The following options can be selected:

RSelect the favorite youwish todelete andconfirm with Delete.RTo delete all favorites, select Removeall Favorites.


>>Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Listening to the radio

Switching on the radio

X Select Multimedia > Radio.

Display modes

Useful information

In radio mode there are three different dis-play modes, in which various settings can bemade:

R“List” display modeRFrequency display modeR“Presets” display mode

“List” display mode

: Selects radio mode and memory level; Selects the previous station= Selects the next station? Context menuA "Frequency" display modeB “List” display modeC "Presets" display modeD Station currently playing

Frequency display mode

: Selects the waveband and preset group(FM)

; Increases or decreases the frequency insmall increments

= Station search, forward or back? Context menuA Adjusts the frequency manuallyB Station currently playing

“Presets” display mode

: Selects the waveband and preset group(FM/DAB)

; Stored station= Context menu? Station currently playing

Selecting a station

“List” display mode

X Swipe up or down in the station listX Tap on the desired station.

110 Listening to the radio>>

Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Frequency display mode

X Slide control on the waveband left or right

Starting a station search

X Select C or D in the "Frequency"display mode.

Storing a station

X Set the station.X Select W > Save as preset.Up to six stations can be stored for eachwaveband.

Displaying radio text

Radio text contains information such as cur-rent track or latest news.

X Select W > Show radio text.

Other radio settings

Receiving traffic reports (i-Traffic)

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio > i-Traffic (Traffic program).Displaying the program type (e.g. clas-sical)

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio >PTY (Program type).Updating the station list

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio >Update radio list.

Displaying energy consumption

Calling up the energy flow displaymessage

X Select Menu > Vehicle > Energy consump‐tion > Energy flow.

The Energy flow display shows the flow ofenergy in the vehicle.The energy flow is displayed in color, thisindicates the following:

RGreen coloring: energy is being recuper-atedROrange coloring: drive is consumingenergyRYellow color and example illustration ofthe consumer: auxiliary consumers areusing energyRGray color: no energy is being recuperatedor consumed

Calling up consumption details

X Select Menu > Vehicle > Energy consump‐tion > Consumption details.The Consumption details display shows theenergy consumption of the drive and elec-trical consumers as well as the energy recu-perated during the previous 15 minutes. Thedisplay also shows the overall consumptionof the drive and auxiliary consumers as wellas the total recuperated energy of the cur-rent trip.The Consumption details display is reseteach time the engine is switched on.

Using a mobile phone

Connecting a mobile phone

Please note

G WARNING

The electromagnetic radiation from two-way radios can interfere with the vehicleelectronics if two-way radios are manip-ulated or retrofitted incorrectly. This couldjeopardize the operating safety of thevehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

You should have all work on electrical andelectronic components carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.


>>Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Z

G WARNING

If you incorrectly operate two-way radiosin the vehicle, the electromagnetic radia-tion may interfere with the vehicle elec-tronics, for example if:

Rthe two-way radio is not connected to anexterior antenna

Rthe exterior antenna is not correctlymounted or is not low-reflection

This could jeopardize the operating safetyof thevehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.

Have the low-reflection exterior antennainstalled at a qualified specialist work-shop. Always connect two-way radios tothe low-reflection exterior antenna whenoperating in the vehicle.

Bluetooth® must be enabled both on themobile phone and on the smart Media-Sys-tem.

Activating and deactivating Bluetooth®

The mobile phone must be compatible withthe smart Media-System.Overview of compatible mobile phones:https://www.smart.com/connect.

X Select Settings > Turn Bluetooth on.The setting is marked. Bluetooth® is acti-vated or deactivated on the smart Media-System.

Authorizing a mobile phone

Authorizing a mobile phone for the firsttime

Bluetooth® must be enabled on the smartMedia-System.

X Select Phone menu.X Confirm the display message with Yes.X Enter the security code on the mobilephone or accept access confirmation (seethe manufacturer's Operator's Manual).The Enabling Bluetooth messageappears.

Authorizing another mobile phone

Bluetooth® must be enabled on the smartMedia-System.

X Select Settings > Manage devices.The list of visible mobile phones appears.

X Select the mobile phone from the list.X Enter the security code on the mobilephone or accept access confirmation (seethe manufacturer's Operator's Manual).The Bluetooth® connection is established.The Bluetooth® connection will be estab-lished automatically in future.

Downloading telephone data automati-cally

X Select Settings > Automatically down‐load phone data.X If necessary, accept the access confirma-tion on the mobile phone.During connection, up to 1000 contacts areautomatically transferred to the smartMedia-System.

Connecting another authorized mobilephone

X Select Settings > Manage devices.X Select the mobile phone.The current Bluetooth® connection is ter-minated. The desired mobile phone is con-nected to the smartMedia-System instead.

Removing a mobile phone from the list

X Select Settings > Manage devices.X Select W > Delete device(s).X Select the mobile phone.X Select Delete.

Terminating a Bluetooth® connection

X Select Settings > Manage devices.X Select W > Disconnect all devices.X Select the mobile phone.

If the mobile phone leaves the Bluetooth®

receiver range, the connection is automati-cally terminated.


Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Using the telephone

Useful information

The following conditions must be fulfilled inorder to make a 112 emergency call:

RA valid and operational SIM card is inser-ted in the mobile phone.RA mobile phone network is available.

Calling a contact from the phone book

X Select Phonebook.X Select the contact.X Select the contact's telephone number.

If the phone book containsmultiple contacts,they can be called up using a Search.Dialing a phone number

X Select Dial a number.X Enter a number on the keypad.X Select Call.Calling a contact from the call log

X Select Call logs.X Select an entry from the list.

The call log can be sorted according to callsmade, calls received and missed calls usingthe corresponding receiver icon.

Accepting and rejecting an incoming call

If a call is incoming, the following informa-tion will appear on the display:

RName of caller, if already in the phonebook.RNumber of caller, if name of caller notalready in the phone bookRPrivate number, if the caller has Hidecaller ID switched on

X To accept the call, select Pick up.X To reject the call, select Refuse.The call will be forwarded to voice mail.

Holding and continuing a call

X Select W > Put on hold.X To continue the call, select Resume.

Transferring a call to the mobile phone

X Select W > Handset.Ending a call

X Select End call.

Using the Smartphone Screen applica-tion

Selecting settings for the smartphonescreen

Selecting the preferred smartphone screenapplicationIf mobile phones support Android Auto™ aswell as MirrorLink®, the preferred applica-tion can be selected when a mobile phone isconnected.

X Select System > Smartphone Screen >Smartphone Screen application pref‐erence.X Select Android Auto™ or MirrorLink®.

Selecting settings to start Android Auto™and MirrorLink®

X Select System > Smartphone Screen >Android Auto™ Settings.or

X Select System > Smartphone Screen > Mir‐rorLink™ Settings.X Select one of the following settings:RAsk me at each launchIf the Smartphone has been connectedwith the smart Media-System, you willbe asked whether the preferred Smart-phone Screen application should bestarted.RYesIf the Smartphone has been connectedwith the smart Media-System, the pre-ferred Smartphone Screen applicationwill be started automatically.RNoIf the Smartphone has been connectedwith the smart Media-System, a Smart-phone Screen application will not bestarted.


>>Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Z

Using MirrorLink®

Useful information

MirrorLink® is a standard for the connectionbetween the smart Media-System and amobile phone. With MirrorLink®, the contentof the display on your mobile phone can bedisplayed in the smart Media-System.

MirrorLink® is available for mobile phoneswith the Android™ operating system.Further information: http://www.smart.com/connect.

To use MirrorLink®, observe the followingrequirements:

Rthe mobile phone must support Mirror-Link® version 1.1 and aboveRthe mobile phone is switched onRaMirrorLink® certified appmust be instal-led on the mobile phoneRthe GPS connection must be activated onthe mobile phoneRthe time is set on the smart Media-System

Setting up a connectionX ActivateMirrorLink® on yourmobile phone(see themanufacturer's operating instruc-tions).

X Connect a mobile phone with a connectingcable to the USB socket in the center con-sole.

X Select Yes.Apps which have been certified for Mir-rorLink®will be shown in the smartMedia-System display.

Calling up MirrorLink® appsX Tap on the home screen of the smart

Media-System .MirrorLink® starts in the smart Media-System display.

X Select the desired app.The display switches to full screen mode.

X To leave full screen display: press and holdthe ò button on the smart Media-Sys-tem until the lower bar is shown.

X To leave the display: select 2.

MirrorLink® audio playbackIf your mobile phone supports this function,you can control audio playback via the but-tons on the smart Media-System.

X To select theprevious track:press the9button.

X To rewind: press and hold the9 button.X To select the next track: press the :button.

X To fast forward: press and hold the :button.

X To mute: press the 8 button.

Terminating a MirrorLink® connectionX Select W > Disconnect.Using Android Auto™

Useful informationAndroid Auto™ is an application for the con-nection between the smart Media-Systemand a mobile phone. Certain mobile phonefunctions and apps can be controlled via thesmart Media-System with Android Auto™.Functions such as telephony, navigation andthe audio playback of Android Auto™are dis-played on the home page of the smart Media-System.AndroidAuto™ is available formobile phoneswith the Android™ operating system.Further information: http://www.smart.com/connect.In order to use Android Auto™, the followingconditions must be met:

Rthe mobile phone supports Android Auto™starting from Android™ 5.0Rthe mobile phone is switched onRthe mobile phone has an Internet connec-tionRthe Android Auto™ app is installed on themobile phoneRdata sharing must be approved

Transmitted vehicle data when usingAndroid Auto™When using Android Auto™, specific vehicledata is transmitted to the mobile phone. Thismakes it possible to use selected mobilephone services efficiently. The mobile phonedoes not have active access to vehicle data.


Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

The following system information is trans-mitted:

Rsmart Media-System software statusRsystem ID (anonymous)This data is transmitted in order to optimizecommunication between the vehicle andmobile phone.A random vehicle code is generated for thispurpose and in order to assignmultiple vehi-cles to the mobile phone. This code is notrelated to the vehicle identification number(VIN) and is deleted if the smart Media-Sys-tem is reset.The following driving status data is trans-mitted:

Rgear position engagedRinstrument cluster day/night modeThis data is transmitted in order to adapt thecontent displayed to the driving situation.GPS data such as coordinates, speed andcompass direction is transmitted. This datais transmitted only when navigation isactive in order to improve navigation (e.g.when driving through a tunnel).

Setting up a connectionX Activate Android Auto™ on the mobilephone (see manufacturer's operatinginstructions).

X Connect a mobile phone with a connectingcable to the USB socket in the center con-sole.

X Select Yes.Android Auto™ starts in the smart Media-System display.

Calling up Android Auto™X Tap on the home page of the smartMedia-System.Android Auto™ starts in the smart Media-System display.

Activating Android Auto™ voice-operatedcontrolWhenAndroid Auto™ is activated, the systemcan be operated with voice control.

X Press andhold the button on themul-tifunction steering wheel for approx-imately three seconds.A tone sounds.

Disconnecting Android Auto™X Disconnect the USB connection betweenthe mobile phone and the smart Media-System.

Using voice control for the mobilephone

Useful information

The voice control of the connected mobilephone can be used (see manufacturer's oper-ating instructions). Not all voice controlservices are supported by the smart Media-System.The requirement for voice control of themobile phone is that Android Auto™ or Mir-rorLink® are not active.

Activating voice control for the mobilephone

X Connect the mobile phone with the smartMedia-System via Bluetooth®.

X Press and hold the button on thesteering wheel.

The symbol appears in the display.Voice control for the mobile phone isactive.

Further settings

Setting the volume

X Select Settings > Sound levels.X Set the volume of the hands-free systemand the ringtone.

Activating voice mail

X Select Voice mail.X Enter the voicemail phone number on thekeypad.

X Select Done.Voicemail is activated and the voicemailnumber is dialed.


>>Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Z

Configuring voicemail

X Select Settings > Voice mail configura‐tion.Updating the phone book

A Bluetooth® connection must be present.

X Select Phone book >W > Update phonedata.Updating the call log

X Select Call logs > W > Update phonedata.Adding a contact to Favorites

X Select Phone > Phonebook.X Select the contact from the list.X Select W > Add to Favorites.X Dial a phone number.

Connecting and operating externaldata carriers

Useful information

The following external data carriers can beconnected:

RUSB memory stick (USB 2.0 or 3.0 with max.64 GB) or iPod™RSD or SDHC card (max. 64 GB)RExternal audio equipment (AUX jack)RBluetooth® devices such as mobile phonesThe following formats are supported:

RMP3 filesRWMA filesRACC formats(.AAC, .M4A, .M4B, .M4P, .M4V, .M4R, .MP4and .3GP)ROGG Vorbis (.OGG, .OGA)RPCM 16 bit (.WAV, .PCM)A data carrier may contain no more thaneight directory levels.The smartMedia-System only recognizes thefirst partition of a data carrier. The partitionmust be formatted as FAT or FAT32.

Connecting external data carriers

Connecting a USB flash drive

X Insert a USB flash drive in the port on thecenter console.Playback starts automatically.

Connecting an SD card

X Insert an SD card into the SD card slot inthe center console.Playback starts automatically.

Connecting a Bluetooth® device

X Authorize and connect a Bluetooth® device,such as a Bluetooth®-capable mobilephone.

Operating external data carriers

Selecting connected external data carri-ers

X Select Menu > Multimedia > Media .X Select connected medium.

Controlling playback from a USB flashdrive or SD card

: Selects the previous track; Selects the next track= Stops and continues playback? Switches track repeat onA Switches random playback onB Calls up the context menuC Displays the playlist

116 Connecting and operating external data carriers>>

Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

D Selects a new track based on categories,e.g. album, genre, folder

E Resumes playback at any point in thetrack

Controlling playback from a Bluetooth®

device

: Selects a new track; Selects the previous track= Stops playback? Selects the next trackA Displays the playlistB Calls up the context menu

Selecting a different device

X Select W > Change source.Connecting another authorized Blue-tooth® device

X Select W > Find new device.Enabling and disabling random playback

X To enable: select W > Enable shuffle.X To disable: selectW > Disable shuffle.Displayingdetails of tracks onaUSB flashdrive or SD card

X Select W > Song details.

Selecting a track from current playlist

X Select New selection > Folders.The current playlist is displayed.

X Select Find.A keyboard is shown.

X Enter the name or part of the name of thetrack you are looking for.

Selecting a track from categories

X Select New selection.X Select a category for playback.

Switching album cover display on and off

The album cover must be saved in the audiofile.

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Media >Display album cover.

Viewing images

Useful information

Images that have been saved to an SD card orUSB flash drive can be viewed in the smartMedia-System.The following file formats can be displayed:

R.JPGR.GIFR.PNGR.BMP

Image playback

Starting image playback

X Insert SD card or USB flash drive into thecorresponding port.

X Select Multimedia > Pictures.X Select USB or SD as the media source.X Select a folder.X Select an image.

Viewing images 117

>>Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Z

Switching between images

X Swipe left or right.

Specifying a new selection of images

X Select New selection.

Setting image playback

Switching fromnormal to thumbnail view

X Select Thumbnails.Switching from thumbnail to normal view

X Select an image.

Displaying in full screen mode

X Select W > Full screen.Activating the controls in full screenmode

X Tap the touchscreen.

Switching from full screen mode to nor-mal view

X Select W > Normal view.Enlarging the image

X Select W > Zoom in.Showing images as a slide show

X Select W > Slide show.Setting the display duration

X Select W > Picture settings > Slideshow delay.X Set the desired time using the controls.

Setting default view for image playback

X Select W > Image settings > Defaultview.X Select Normal view or Full screen.

Video playback

Video playback

Starting video playback

X Insert an SD card or connect a USB stick.X Select Multimedia > Video.X Select USB or SD.X Select a folder or video.All videos in a folder are played one afterthe other.

i The size of the video file may have animpact on the performance of the system.Therefore, only playback videos with alength of up to five minutes.

Selecting the next or previous video

X Select D or C.

Stops and continues playback

X Select Ë.

Playing a new video

X Select New selection.X Select a new video.

Setting the video view

Playing videos in full screen mode

X Select Full screen.Setting the default view for video play-back

X Select W > Video settings.X Select Normal view or Full screen.

Using TomTom Services

Please note

The smart Media-System uses a mobilephone connection for data connection.

118 Using TomTom Services>>

Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Please take note of the following informationwhen using data services:

RThe mobile connectivity and built-in SIMcard for this vehicle can only be used forcertain data services. These are offered bycertain thirdparties, aswell asDaimler AG.Usage occurs via the smart Media-Systemin the vehicle. The use of data servicesrequires the conclusion of separate agree-ments between the vehicle user and therespective provider. Voice service usage isnot permitted. As such, the SIM card mustbe permanently installed as factoryequipment.RThe mobile communications connectivityand the SIM cardmay only be used respon-sibly in accordance with the applicablelaws and other legal requirements of thecorresponding countries. Insofar as this iswithin the power of the vehicle user.RUpgrading, reproduction, reverse assem-bly and disassembly of the SIM card arenot permitted. Statutory authorityremains unaffected.

Failure to follow the above instructions canin some cases lead to temporary or perma-nent deactivation of the mobile connectionand the SIM card. This depends on theseverity of the non-compliance. Themeasuredescribed here contributes in particular tothe protection of Daimler AG and its contrac-tual partners from negative legal conse-quences due to non-observance. The availa-bility of mobile connectivity in individualcountries depends on the existence of corre-sponding mobile service agreements withlocal mobile network providers. Availabilitycan therefore change from time to time. Themaximum period of validity for the mobileconnectivity is 15 years from the time ofinstallation in the vehicle.

Useful information

In the TomTom Services menu, traffic infor-mation and other TomTom Services can becalled up and managed.

TomTom Live Services are available for asubscription fee. The following TomTomServices come pre-installed and, followingactivation, can be used free of charge for aperiod of three years:

RHD TrafficRRadar cameras (not available in all coun-tries)RWeatherRTomTom PlacesMore information on serviceshttp://www.tomtom.com/services.More information on availability in specificcountries: http://smart.com/connectTomTom Services can also be called up andmanaged in the Services menu. In the mainmenu, select Services > TomTom Services.i If you have subscribed to the "TomTomTraffic" service and this is available, the"Traffic info" menu will be called "TomTomTraffic".

Activating TomTom Services

TomTom services must be activated in thesmart Media-System before using them forthe first time. If TomTom Services are not yetactivated, a corresponding button will bedisplayed in the main menu and in the Serv‐ices menu.To activate TomTom Services for the firsttime, observe the following requirements:

Ran SD card with map data is inserted intothe SD card slotRa valid vehicle position is available on themapRa mobile phone network is available

X Select Services > Activate My Services.X Confirm the display messages with Yes.After a short while, TomTom Services areavailable.

X Select Services > TomTom Services.The TomTom Services installed on thedevice are displayed.

X Select the desired TomTom Service.A display message appears. TomTom Serv-ices are activated.

Using TomTom Services 119

>>Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Z

Starting TomTom Services

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services.

Checking subscription status for Tom-Tom Services

The services available on the device andtheir subscription status may be checked atany time.

X Select Services > TomTom Services > Myservices.The services available on the device andtheir subscription status will be shown.

Subscription to a service can be extended viahttp://www.tomtom.com, subject to a fee.This will require registration at http://tomtom.com/forsmart.

X Remove SD card from the vehicle and insertinto a computer.

Further information: http://tomtom.com/forsmart.

Downloading updates and POIs

If available, map and software updates aswell as points of interest may be downloadedvia http://www.tomtom.com. This willrequire registration at http://tomtom.com/forsmart.


Further information: http://tomtom.com/forsmart.

Calling up Applications manager

Information on smartphone screen applica-tions and smartphone voice-operated con-trol can be called up with the Applicationsmanager.

X Select Services > Settings > Applica‐tions manager.

Calling up the connectivity manager

The connectivity manager allows you tomanage the devices connected to the smartMedia-System.

X Select Services > Settings > Connectiv‐ity manager.

Managing data sharing

Please note

If data sharing is approved, smartphonescreen applications, for example AndroidAuto™, smartphone voice-operated controland online charging station search are acti-vated alongside TomTom Services.

Enabling or disabling data sharing

If data sharing has not been enabled before-hand, a corresponding message is shownwhen the smart Media-System is started up.Data sharing can be enabled or disabled atany time.

X Select Services > Settings > Data shar‐ing.X Select one of the following settings:RYesEnable data sharingRNoDisable data sharing.

Displaying additional information

X SelectServices >Settings >Data sharing> About.

Displaying text in another language

X SelectServices >Settings >Data sharing> Language.

120 Using TomTom Services>>

Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Using the navigation system

Starting the navigation system

Please note

G WARNING



The navigation system does not provideinformation on stop signs, right ofway signs,traffic regulations or road safety regula-tions.The traffic regulations always take prece-dence over navigational announcements.Observe the legal stipulations and trafficregulations of the country you are driving inwhen in navigation mode.

Selecting the navigation system

X Select Menu > Navigation.The following functions can be carried out:RSearching for a destinationRPlanning a routeRDisplaying a mapRCalling up TomTom servicesRChanging navigation settings

Reading map data

G WARNING

SD cards are small parts. They canbe swal-lowed and cause choking. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Keep the SD card out of the reach of chil-dren. If a SD card is swallowed, seek med-ical attention immediately.

! To prevent damage to data, only use theSD card provided for the data in theMedia-System or for updating map and systemsfiles.

X Insert an SD card into the SD card slot inthe center console.

X Switch on the device.The map data is read by the navigationsystem.

Removing an SD card

X Select Menu > System > Remove SD-card.X Confirm the display message with Yes.X Press the SD memory card.X Remove the SD card from the slot.

Updating map data

Regular updates are supplied for the mapdata. The first update can be downloaded forfree in the web portal within 90 days of vehi-cle activation. This requires registration athttp://tomtom.com/forsmart. Further infor-mation is available from any smart center.


X Install update software on the computer.X Run the map update assistant.

i Aswell as updates, the latest software forthe Media-System can be downloaded andPremium Voices by TomTom can be pur-chased.

Entering and managing destinations

Entering a destination by address

X When using the navigation system for thefirst time, enter country.

X Select Navigation > Drive to... >Address.X If desired, change the country using theflag symbol.

X Enter city or ZIP code.

Using the navigation system 121

>>Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Z

X Select the destination from the list.X Select the street.X Select the house number.X Confirm with Done.Searching for a parking lot near the des-tination address

This function can be called upwhen enteringthe destination.

X Select W > Nearby car park.A list of parking lots near the current des-tination appears.

Displaying information about the desti-nation address

This function can be called upwhen enteringthe destination.

X Select W > Show info.Entering a destination using the map

A location on the map can be selected as thedestination.

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Pointon map.X Align map view with the destination.X Tap the destination point on the display.The symbol selected is highlighted in blue.

X Tap on the symbol to confirm.

Entering a destination using the voicecontrol system

X Press the button on themultifunctionsteering wheel.A tone sounds.

X Say the command "Enter address".X When prompted by the voice control sys-tem, say the destination address, includ-ing street name, house number and city.

X Say the voice command “Yes” or, if severalpossible destinations are displayed, saythe number.

Selecting a destination from the list ofprevious destinations

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Recentdestinations.X Select the destination.

Entering a destination using geo-coor-dinates

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Lati‐tude Longitude.X Enter the longitude and latitude

Setting home location

X Select Navigation > Settings > Set homelocation.X Enter a home address

Setting home as a destination

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Home.Selecting a saved location as a destina-tion

At least one destination must be stored forthis function.

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Savedlocations.X Select the destination.

Managing saved locations

X Select Navigation > Settings > Managesaved locations.Entering a charging station as a desti-nation

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Charg‐ing stations.The following list of locations appears inwhich a charging station can be searchedfor:RPOI near youRPOI along routeRPOI near destination

122 Using the navigation system>>

Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

RPOI near HomeRPOI in city

X Select the location for the charging stationsearch.A list of the corresponding charging sta-tions appears. There is an automatic checkwhether a charging point is free on thesecharging stations. The check may takeseveral minutes. When the check is fin-ished, a message appears. If a chargingstation has a charging point which is notbeing used, it will be marked green. If nocharging point is free, or no information isavailable, the charging station is markedgray. Charging stations from the map datawhich cannot be checked, are not marked.A maximum of 24 charging stations can bechecked.

i Fiveminutes after the check, themarkingautomatically changes from green to gray.

X Select a charging station.

Entering a point of interest

POIs such as museums, restaurants or carparks near a location are displayed on themap.

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Pointof interest.The following list of surrounding areasappears. A POI can be searched for in theseareas:RPOI near youRPOI along routeRPOI near destinationRPOI near HomeRPOI in city

X Select the surrounding area in which tosearch for a POI.The following list of categories for POIsappears:RList of categories for POIs: e.g. chargingstation or restaurantRPOI name searchRPOI search within a category

X Select the category for the search.X Select a POI.

i If the charging station category is selec-ted, only charging stations from the mapdata are searched. Charging stations that

can be checked for charging point availa-bility are not taken into account.

Managing POIs

Adding a POI categoryX Select Navigation > Settings > ManagePOIs > Add POI category.X Enter the name and symbol for the new POIcategory.

Deleting a POI categoryX Delete Navigation > Settings > ManagePOIs > Delete POI category.X Select the category to be deleted.

Adding POIsX Select Navigation > Settings > ManagePOIs > Add POI.If no POI categories have been defined yet,a prompt appears to enter a POI category.

X Select the category for the POI.X Enter your POI.

Having POIs displayed on mapThis function enables the display of person-alized POIs on the map.

X Select Navigation > Settings > Show POIon map.Deleting POIsX Select Navigation > Settings > ManagePOIs > Delete POI.X Select a POI category.X Select the POI to be deleted.

Editing POIsX Select Navigation > Settings > ManagePOIs > Edit POI.X Select a POI category.X Customize the POI properties.

Setting alerts for a nearby POIX Select Navigation > Settings > ManagePOIs > Warning when near POI.X Select a POI category.X Set the distance at which the messageshould appear.

X Set the type of alert issued.


>>Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Z

Entering a destination via the TomTomLIVE service "TomTom Places"

POIs from the “TomTom Places” online data-base are available using the “TomTom Pla-ces” function.

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > TomTomPlaces.A list of search criteria appears which canbe used to search for a POI.

X Select the search criterion.X Enter a search term.If a large number of search results areavailable, 20 additional search results canbe downloaded.

Changing the route

Useful information

Once the destination has been selected, thenavigation system calculates the route to thedestination. The following options are avail-able for adjusting the route guidance:

RCalculate alternative routes.RAdjust routes calculated by the navigationsystem.RPlan routes in advance and travel via spe-cific way points.RAdjust settings for calculating routes.Once the route is calculated, a route sum-mary is shown. By default, the quickest routewill be calculated for route planning, takinginto account IQ Routes™. Traffic informationis taken into account when calculating theroute.Depending on the remaining range, sectionsof the route receive the following colors:

RGreen: remaining range is expected to besufficient for the route.ROrange: this route may or may not be ableto be completed depending on the drivingstyle and the influence of external factors.RRed: remaining range is not expected to besufficient for the route.

The “route overview” function allows you toset whether the summary of a calculatedroute is automatically faded out from thedisplay after ten seconds.

If the route is not confirmed with Done, theview switches after approximately ten sec-onds automatically to the map view.

Displaying a planned route

Calculating the routeX Enter a destination.X Select Done.The route is displayed. If the remainingrange is not expected to be sufficient toreach the destination, a prompt willappear asking whether a charging stationshould be added to the route.

Displaying the route detailsX Select W > Route details.X Select one of the following functions:RDisplay instructionsAn overview of the route with directionsappears.RDisplay a map of the routeThe route appears on a map.RDisplay the destinationThe destination for the route appears.By pressingW, it is possible to searchfor a car park near the destination or addthe location to the saved locations.RShow traffic on routeTraffic disruptions along the route areshown.RSummaryA summary of the route details appears.

Saving a planned route

X Select W > Save Itinerary .

Changing the route

Canceling the routeX Select Navigation > Change route > Can‐cel route.When a new destination is entered, routeguidance can be resumed again.


Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Calculating an alternative routeX Select Navigation > Change route > Cal‐culate alternative.A new route is calculated and displayedthat takes you on different roads.

X Select the alternative route or a previousone.

Route guidance via way pointThe route can be adjusted by entering up tofour way points.

X Select Navigation > Change route >Travel via.If a way point has already been entered, alist of the saved way points will be dis-played.

X Select Add.X Select a new way point from Address,Recent destinations, Saved locations,TomTom Places or POI.The new way point is added.

Avoiding road blocksThe route can be changed if a section of roadalong the route is blocked or there is a trafficjam.

X Select Navigation > Change route > Avoidroadblock.X Select the length of the route that needs tobe avoided.

Avoiding specific roadsThe route is calculated to avoid specificroads.

X Select Navigation > Change route > Avoidpart of route.A list of the roads on the route is displayed.

X Select the street that you wish to avoid.

Taking traffic disruptions into accountThe route is recalculated based on currenttraffic informationTraffic information is only available with HDTraffic.

X Select Navigation > Change route > Mini‐mize delays.An overview of the traffic disruptionsalong the route will be shown.

X Select the traffic disruption you wish toavoid.

Planning a route in advance

Adding a routeX Select Navigation > Itineraries.X Select Add.X Select the starting point of the route.X Enter the route destination.X Enter at least one way point for the route.X Enter the route name.X Confirm with Done.Starting navigation using a saved routeX Select Navigation > Itineraries.X Select the desired route.X Select W > Start.Setting route planning

Selecting route typesX Select Navigation > Settings > Routeplanning > Route types.X Select one of the following settings:RAsk for every routeRAlways plan the fastest routeRAlways plan eco routesRAlways avoid highwaysRAlways plan the shortest route

Selecting the setting for toll roadsX Select Navigation > Settings > Routeplanning > Toll roads.X Select one of the following settings:RAsk for toll roads on routeRAlways avoid toll roadsRDo not avoid toll roads

Selecting the setting for ferry connectionsX Select Navigation > Settings > Routeplanning > Ferry connections.X Select one of the following settings:RAsk for ferries on my routeRAlways avoid ferriesRDo not avoid ferries


>>Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Z

Selecting the setting for unpaved roadsX Select Navigation > Settings > Routeplanning > Unpaved roads.X Select one of the following settings:RAsk for unpaved roads on my routeRAlways avoid unpaved roads

Selecting the setting for carpool lanesCarpool lanes are lanes which can only beused by vehicles with at least two occupants.

X Select Navigation > Settings > Routeplanning > Carpool lane settings.X Select one of the following settings:RAsk for carpool lanes on my routeRAlways avoid carpool lanes.RNever avoid carpool lanes

Using information during route guid-ance

Useful information

Navigation messages provide guidance dur-ing the journey without distracting you fromtraffic conditions. The display also showsinformation about the route.

Switching navigation messages on andoff

X Tap on the area of the next navigationmaneuver during route guidance.

X Select Turn on voice guidance or Turnoff voice guidance.Information such as traffic reports andwarnings will be played even if the naviga-tion announcements have been deactivated.During route guidance, traffic informationcan be shown for the route ahead. The fol-lowing traffic information can be received:

RTraffic messages (TMC)RHD Traffic (a TomTom Live service)

i HD Traffic Information takes precedence.

Live services are not available in all coun-tries and regions. Further information:http://tomtom.com/services

Tracking navigation on the display

: Increases or reduces the map view; Traffic information= Route information

Warning for remaining range to destina-tion

? Compass and symbol for two or three-dimensional map display

A Context menuB Next navigation maneuver and symbol

for volume adjustmentC Information about current radio or media

playback or information about activetelephone calls

X Tap on an area or on a symbol in the mapdisplay:RMap: to switch to the overview mapR:: to zoom in and out of the map viewR;: to show traffic reports on the routeR=: to display the route detailsR?: to switch between two or three-dimen-sional map displayRA: to open the context menuRB: to repeat the navigation message,change the volume of navigationannouncements or switch off.RC: to switch to the corresponding radio,multimedia or telephone menu.

The navigation system zooms in on the mapview as the vehicle approaches an intersec-tion. This makes it possible to follow turningmaneuvers more accurately.Shortly before navigating a freeway inter-section or exit, the display shows a three-dimensional representation of the lanes andthe exit. Lane Keeping Assist is not availablefor all intersections in all countries.


Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Traffic information details

: Overall delay on route; Traffic disruption (packed snow)= Traffic disruption (rain)? Traffic disruption (traffic jam)A Current position and distance to next

traffic disruption

During route guidance, traffic information isshown for the route ahead. When there are anumber of traffic disruptions in quick suc-cession, only the very next disruption on theroute will be displayed.Traffic information is only available with HDTraffic.

Color Meaning

Gray Unknown or unexplained situa-tion

Orange Slow-moving traffic

Red Traffic jam

Darkred

Standstill or road blocked

Calling up more detailed informationabout the traffic problems

X Tap on the display for traffic informationduring route guidance.

Scrolling through the traffic reports

X Tapon themessage on the touchscreenandswipe left or right.

Displaying the overview map

Useful information

With the “View map” function, the displayshows a slidable, two-dimensional overviewmap. The map shows your current position,as well as a number of other elements, suchas Favorites.

Displaying a map

X Select Navigation > View map.A map of the surrounding area will beshown.

X To search: select W > Find.Controlling the map view

Moving the mapX Tap on the center of the touchscreen.X Swipe in the desired direction. The mapwill then move in the respective direction.

Zooming in on the mapX Place two fingers slightly apart in the cen-ter of the touchscreen.

X Move your fingers away from each other.

Reducing the scale of the mapX Place two fingers, at a greater distanceapart, on the screen. Do not place your fin-gers at the very top area or very bottomarea of the display.

X Glide your fingers towards each other.

Displaying the reachability map

If no route is planned, a reachabilitymap canbe displayed in order to roughly gauge therange with the current condition of charge.

X Select Navigation > View map.X Select W > View reachability map.Showing and hiding additional informa-tion on the map

X Select Navigation > View map.X Select W > Change map information.X Select one of the following pieces of infor-mation:


>>Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Z

RTraffic informationRNamesRPoints of interest (POIs)RSatellite imagesRCoordinates

Using TomTom Services with the navi-gation system

Displaying the traffic information alongthe route

X Tap on the area of traffic information dur-ing route guidance.

X Swipe left or right to switch between traf-fic information.

Adjusting the route according to trafficdisruptions

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services >Traffic > Minimize delays.A faster route that had been previouslyrejected or route which may not have beentaken into account due to the Neverchange my route setting for the trafficinformation is selected.

Displaying traffic disruptions on theoverview map

X SelectW > View map during route guid-ance.Traffic disruptions are displayed as sym-bols on the overview map. Large area traf-fic disruptions such as rain, fog or snoware displayed with several symbols.

X To viewdetailed information, tap on a traf-fic disruption symbol.

The following symbols are used:

Symbol Meaning

Traffic jam

Road blocked

Traffic disruption

Construction site

Symbol Meaning

One or several lanes blocked

Accident

Traffic disruption avoidedusing the traffic information

Fog

Wind

Snow

Black ice

Rain

i Large area traffic disruptions such asrain, fog or snow are displayed on theoverview map with several symbols.

Viewing traffic information for the routeto work

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services >Traffic > Traffic info. for route towork.X Select one of the following settings:RHome to workRWork to homeRChange the home to work route

Selecting the settings for traffic infor-mation

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services >Traffic > Traffic info. settings.X Select one of the following settings:RAlways change to this routeIf a faster route has been calculated dueto a traffic report, the navigation systemautomatically changes the route.RRequest confirmation for routeIf a faster route has been calculated dueto a traffic report, the navigation systemwill ask which route should be used.RNever change my route


Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

The navigation system will not changethe route, even if a traffic announcementhas been made.

Setting the navigation system

Setting the voice

The voice used for navigation messages canbe changed. It is possible to choose betweencomputer-generated voices or voices recor-ded by professionals. For voices that havebeen recorded by professionals, only basicnavigation messages will be spoken.

X Select System > Sound > Voice.X Select the voice for playback.X To listen to the voice, select Test.Setting the voice output

The read-aloud function is only available ina computer-generated voice.

X Select System > Sound > Voice outputsettings.X Select one of the following settings:RRead early warning instructions(for example, ahead, turn left)RRead aloud highway lane instruc‐tionsRRead aloud traffic info when navi‐gatingRRead aloud foreign street namesRRead aloud road numbersRRead aloud street namesRRead aloud weather informationRRead aloud POI warningsRRead aloud warningsRRead aloud signposts

Changing the map

X Select Navigation > Settings > Switchmap.X Select the desired map.

Changing the map color

X Select Navigation > Settings > Changemap colors.X Press , or . to select the desireddisplay.

Changing the E-vehicle settings

X SelectNavigation >Settings >E-vehiclesettings.The following functions can be called up:Ractivating or deactivating the batterywarningWhen the condition of charge of thehigh-voltage battery has reached 20%and the battery warning is activated, adisplay message appears.Rhiding or displaying charging stationson the mapRmanaging charging stationsRselecting a charging cable

The specified charging type and chargingcable type settings are used for navigation inorder to limit the selection of the availablecharging stations. During navigation, thefollowing options can be selected via theW context menu:Rsearch for type of chargingRsearch for electricity providerRdisplay all charging stationsA display message appears if there is someincompatibility between the defined set-tings and a selected charging station.

Setting safety warnings

X Select System > Safety warnings.X Select the desired settings:RSuggest driving breaksRWarn when driving near schoolsRWarn when driving faster thanallowedRWarn when driving faster than aset speed

X Select Resume.X Select a warning tone for the respectivesafety warning.

For the “Warn when driving faster than a setspeed” function, the speed above which thewarning tone should sound must be entered.


>>Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Z

Setting theunits ofmeasurement for dis-tance

All units of measurement for distance in thenavigation system can be changed. The unitsof measurement for distance in the on-boardcomputer are not changed.

X Select System > Set units > Distanceunits.X Select one of the following settings:RKilometersRMiles

Setting the units for GPS coordinates

X Select System > Set units > GPS coordi‐nate display.X Select one of the following settings:RDegrees (d°)RDegrees, Minutes (d° m.m')RDegrees, Minutes, Seconds (d° m\' s\'')


Usingthesm

artMed

ia-S

ystem

.

Stowing small objects

Please note

G WARNING

If you stowobjects in thevehicle interior inan unsuitable way, they could slip or bethrown around and thus hit vehicle occu-pants. Additionally, the cup holders, openstowage spaces andmobile phone bracketscannot restrain the objects placed in themin the event of an accident. There is a riskof injury, especially in the event of brakingor sudden changes in direction.

RAlways stow objects so they cannot bethrown around in these or similar situa-tions.

RAlways ensure that objects do not pro-trude from the stowage compartments orstowage nets.

RAll closable stowage compartmentsshould be closed before beginning yourjourney.

RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard,pointed, sharp-edged, fragile objects orobjects which are too large behind thelast bench seat or under the passengerseats.

G WARNING

The cup holder cannot hold a containersecure whilst traveling. If you use a cupholder whilst traveling, the container maybe flung around and liquid may be spilled.The vehicle occupants may come into con-tact with the liquid and if it is hot, theymay be scalded. You may be distractedfrom the traffic conditions and you couldlose control of the vehicle. There is a risk ofan accident and injury.

Only use the cupholderwhen the vehicle isstationary. Only use the cup holder forcontainers of the right size. Always closethe container, particularly if the liquid ishot.

! Only use the cupholders for containers ofthe right size and which have lids. Thedrinks could otherwise spill.

Using the compartments

X To stow objects, use suitable stowagespaces.The following stowage spaces are availa-ble:

R: Stowage compartments in the doorsR; Cup holder in the front center consoleR= Glove boxR? Stowage net in the front-passengerfootwellRA Sliding drawer in the center consoleRB smart EQ fortwo: eyeglasses com-partment above the driver's seat andabove the front-passenger seatRCup holder in the rear passenger com-partment center console with a recessfor storing a mobile phoneRsmart EQ fortwo: stowage compartmentin the lower tailgateRStowage net with two separate compart-ments on the back of the trunk partition

Stowing small objects 131

>>Lo

adingan

dstow

ing.

Z

Locking/unlocking the glove box

X Insert the SmartKey into the lock.X To lock: turn the SmartKey to position 2.X To unlock: turn the SmartKey to position1.

Opening the stowage compartment inthe tailgate (smart fortwo coupe)

! Do not exceed the lower tailgate maxi-mum load of 220 lbs (100 kg). It may oth-erwise become damaged.

X Open the tailgate.X Pull handle : on the inside of the lowertailgate upwards.

X Lift up the cover in the direction of thearrow.

Stowing luggage and large objects

Please note

G WARNING

If you stowobjects in thevehicle interior inan unsuitable way, they could slip or bethrown around and thus hit vehicle occu-pants. Additionally, the cup holders, openstowage spaces andmobile phone bracketscannot restrain the objects placed in themin the event of an accident. There is a riskof injury, especially in the event of brakingor sudden changes in direction.

RAlways stow objects so they cannot bethrown around in these or similar situa-tions.

RAlways ensure that objects do not pro-trude over the top of stowage compart-ments or ruffled pockets.

RAll closable stowage compartmentsshould be closed before beginning yourjourney.

RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard,pointed, sharp-edged, fragile objects orobjects which are too large behind thelast bench seat or under the passengerseats.

Thehandling characteristics of a laden vehi-cle are dependent on the distribution of theload within the vehicle.Observe the following loading guidelineswhen loading and transporting luggage andloads:

Rdo not exceed the maximum permissiblegross vehicle weight and the gross axleweight rating for the vehicle (includingoccupants). The values are specified on thevehicle identification plate on the B-pillarof the driver's doorRthe loadmust not protrude above theupperedge of the head restraintsRensure that no items of luggage can enterthe passenger compartment above orbetween the seatsRensure that loaded objects are stowedsafely and are secured

132 Stowing luggage and large objects>>

Load

ingan

dstow

ing.

Rload heavy objects at the bottom and lightobjects at the topRthe cargo compartment is the preferredplace to stow objectsRstow heavy loads as far forward and as lowdown in the cargo compartment as possi-ble

Opening the cargo compartment (smartfortwo coupe)

! The tailgate swings backwards, upwardsand downwards when opened. Therefore,make sure that there is sufficient spaceabove, behind and under the tailgate.

X Press theé button on the SmartKey.X Fold the upper tailgate up.

X Pull lever : up.X Fold the lower tailgate down.

Closing the trunk (smart fortwo coupe)

X Fold the lower tailgate up and engage onboth sides.

X Pull the upper tailgate down and press itclosed.

X Press the & button on the SmartKey.The vehicle is locked.

Opening the trunk (smart fortwo cab-rio)

Opening the tailgate

X Press the % button on the SmartKey.X Press button : in the handle recess.X Fold down the tailgate.

Opening the rear soft top

X Open the tailgate.X Press both latch levers :.X Swing the rear soft top up.

Closing the trunk (smart fortwo cabrio)

Closing the rear soft top

! If you close the tailgate, you must firstlock the rear soft top. Otherwise, the latchlevers may break.

X Pull the rear soft top downuntil it engages.X Lock the rear soft top with both latch lev-ers.

Stowing luggage and large objects 133

>>Lo

adingan

dstow

ing.

Z

Closing the tailgate

X Pull the tailgate up until it engages.X Press the & button on the SmartKey.The vehicle is locked.

Enlarging the trunk: folding the seatbackrest forwards

Folding the seatbackrest forwards (usingthe lever)

Seat with a lever

X Lift lever; and slide the front passengerseat to its rearmost position.

X Pull lever : forward.X Fold the seat backrest forward at the sametime.

Folding the seatbackrest forwards (usingthe handwheel)

Seat with a handwheel

X Turn handwheel : forward.

Folding back the seat backrest

Please note

G WARNING

If the seat backrest is not engaged, it mayfold forwards, e.g. during braking or in theevent of an accident.

RAs a result, a backrest which is notengaged would press you into the seatbelt. The seat belt can no longer offer theintended level of protection and caneven cause injuries.

RThe backrest cannot restrain objects orloads in the trunk.

There is an increased risk of injury.

Before every journey, make sure that thebackrest is engaged as described.

Folding back the seat backrest (using thelever)

X Pull lever :.X Push the seat backrest back at the sametime until it engages.

Folding back the seat backrest (using thehandwheel)

X Turn handwheel : back.

Using the trunk partition

Installing the trunk partition

G WARNING

The trunk cover alone cannot retain orsecure any heavy objects, items of luggageor heavy loads. Youmaybe struckbyunse-cured loads in the event of sudden changesin direction, braking or an accident. Thereis a risk of injury or even fatal injury.

Always stow objects in such a way thatthey cannot be thrown around. Secureobjects, luggage or loads by, for example,lashing them down to prevent them from

134 Using the trunk partition>>

Load

ingan

dstow

ing.

slippingor tippingover, even if youuse thetrunk cover.

For easier installing, fold the front-passenger seat backrest forward.

X smart fortwo coupe: open the upper andlower tailgate.

X smart fortwo cabrio: open the lower tail-gate.

X smart fortwo cabrio: fold the rear soft topup.

X Hold trunk partition:with the parcel netbag in the direction of the passenger com-partment in the trunk.

X Insert trunk partition : into bracket ;on the right side.

X Slide handle ? to the right and hold.X Insert trunk partition : into bracket ;on the left side.

X Release handle ?.Trunk partition : snaps into place.

X Secure the parcel net bag with the Velcrofasteners.

If trunk partition : is not required and nosubwoofer is installed, it can be attached tobrackets =.

Hooking and unhooking the trunk par-tition

X Grip trunk partition : in the center andpull it back.

X Hook trunk partition into left and rightrear brackets A.

Removing/installing the chargingcable bag

Removing the charging cable bag

X Turn both buttons : to the left.The buttons are released from the anchor-age.

X Fold the charging cable bag to the left.The Velcro fasteners under the chargingcable bag are detached.

X Remove snap hook ;.

Removing/installing the charging cable bag 135

>>Lo

adingan

dstow

ing.

Z

Installing the charging cable bag

X Place the charging cable bag with its sideresting on the engine compartment coverand then position it on the side trim.

X Position the charging cable bag in a ver-tical position.Take hold of the Velcro fasteners beneaththe charging cable bag.

X Push both buttons : into the anchorageand turn them to the right.

X Secure snap hook ;.

Observing the tire and loading infor-mation

Instruction labels for tires and loads

G WARNING

Overloaded tires can overheat, causing ablowout. Overloaded tires can also impairthe steering and driving characteristicsand lead to brake failure. There is a risk ofaccident.

Observe the load rating of the tires. Theload rating must be at least half of theGAWR of your vehicle. Never overload thetires by exceeding the maximum load.

: Information tables on the pillar on thedriver's side (B-pillar)

Two instruction labels on the vehicle showthe maximum possible load.

(1) The Tire and Loading Information plac-ard is on the B-pillar on the driver's side.The Tire and Loading Information plac-ard shows the maximum permissiblenumber of occupants and the maximum

permissible vehicle load. It also containsdetails of the tire sizes and correspond-ing pressures for tires installed at thefactory.

(2) The vehicle identification plate is on theB-pillar on the driver's side. The vehicleidentification plate informs you of thegross weight capacity, called the GrossVehicleWeight Rating. The Gross VehicleWeight Rating is made up of the vehicleweight and the load. It also informs youof the front and rear axle weight capa-city, called the Gross AxleWeight Rating.The maximum Gross Axle Weight Ratingis the maximum weight that can be car-riedbyoneaxle (front or rear axle). Neverexceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Ratingor the maximum Gross Axle Weight Rat-ing for the front or rear axle.

Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

X The specification for the maximum GrossVehicle Weight Rating is listed in tire andloading information table :: "The com-bined weight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX kilograms or XXXlbs."

i The specifications shown on the Tire andLoading Information placard in the illus-tration are examples. The maximum GrossVehicle Weight Rating is vehicle-specificand may differ from that in the illustra-tion. The specification for the maximumGross VehicleWeight Rating is listed in thetire and loading information table.

136 Observing the tire and loading information>>

Load

ingan

dstow

ing.

Number of seats

Maximum number of seats: in the Tire andLoading Information placard, indicates themaximum number of occupants allowed totravel in the vehicle.

i The specifications shown on the Tire andLoading Information placard in the illus-tration are examples. The number of seatsis vehicle-specific and can differ from thedetails shown. The number of seats foryour vehicle canbe found onyour vehicle'stire and loading information table.

Determining the correct load limit

The following steps have been developed asrequired of all manufacturers under Title 49,Code of U.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575pursuant to the "National Traffic and MotorVehicle Safety Act of 1966".

X Step 1: Locate the statement "The com-bined weight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." onyour vehicle's tire and loading informationtable.

X Step 2: Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that will be rid-ing in your vehicle.

X Step 3: Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

X Step 4: The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and luggageload capacity. For example: at a sum “XXX”of 1400 lbs and five occupants each weigh-ing 150 lbs, the amount of available cargo

and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs (1400- 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs).

X Step 5: Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded on thevehicle. Thatweightmaynot safely exceedthe available cargo and luggage loadcapacity calculated in step 4.

Example: steps 1 to 3

The following table shows examples on howto calculate total and cargo load capacitieswith varying seating configurations andnumber and size of occupants. The followingexamples use a load limit of 1500 lbs (680 kg).This is for illustration purposes only. Makesure you are using the actual load limit foryour vehicle stated onyour vehicle's Tire andLoading Information placard (Y page 136).The greater the combinedweight of the occu-pants, the lower the maximum luggage load.Step 1

Example1

Example2

Example3

Combinedmaximumweight ofoccu-pants andcargo(data fromthe Tireand Load-ing Infor-mationplacard)

1500 lbs(680 kg)

1500 lbs(680 kg)

1500 lbs(680 kg)

Step 2

Example1

Example2

Example3

Number ofpeople inthe vehi-cle (driverand occu-pants)

5 3 1

Distribu-tion of theoccupants

Front: 2Rear: 3

Front: 1Rear: 2

Front: 1

Observing the tire and loading information 137

>>Lo

adingan

dstow

ing.

Z

Example1

Example2

Example3

Weight ofthe occu-pants

Occu-pant 1:150 lbs(68 kg)Occu-pant 2:180 lbs(82 kg)Occu-pant 3:160 lbs(73 kg)Occu-pant 4:140 lbs(63 kg)Occu-pant 5:120 lbs(54 kg)

Occu-pant 1:200 lbs(91 kg)Occu-pant 2:190 lbs(86 kg)Occu-pant 3:150 lbs(68 kg)

Occu-pant 1:150 lbs(68 kg)

Grossweight ofall occu-pants

750 lbs(340 kg)

540 lbs(245 kg)

150 lbs(68 kg)

Step 3

Example1

Example2

Example3

Permissi-ble load(maxi-mumGrossVehicleWeightRatingfrom theTire andLoadingInforma-tion plac-ard minusthe grossweight ofall occu-pants)

1500 lbs(680 kg)Ò750 lbs(340 kg)= 750 lbs(340 kg)

1500 lbs(680 kg)Ò540 lbs(245 kg)= 960 lbs(435 kg)

1500 lbs(680 kg)Ò150 lbs(68 kg) =1350 lbs(612 kg)

Vehicle identification plate

Even if you have calculated the total loadcarefully, you should still make sure that theGross Vehicle Weight Rating and the GrossAxle Weight Rating are not exceeded. Detailscan be found on the vehicle identificationplate on the pillar on the driver's side (B-pillar).GrossVehicleWeightRating: thegrossweightof the vehicle, all passengers, load andtrailer load/noseweight (if applicable) mustnot exceed the permissible gross vehicleweight.Gross Axle Weight Rating: the maximum per-missible weight that can be carried by oneaxle (front or rear axle).To ensure that the vehicle does not exceedthe maximum permissible values (GrossVehicleWeight Rating and Gross AxleWeightRating), have your loaded vehicle (includingdriver, passengers, load and full trailer load,if applicable) weighed on a suitable vehicleweighbridge.

138 Observing the tire and loading information>>

Load

ingan

dstow

ing.

Useful information

The engine compartment in the smart islocated at the rear, below the trunk. The res-ervoirs for service fluids are located underthe service cover at the front.When working on the vehicle, always complywith all safety regulations. Always havework in the engine compartment carried outat a qualified specialist workshop.

Removing/installing the subwoofer

Removing the subwoofer

X Release quick-release fastener : in thedirection of the arrow.

X Reach into the recess on the quick-releasefastener.

X Detach, tilt and pull the subwoofer to theright.

X Pull out the connector.

Installing the subwoofer

X Insert the connector.X Place the subwoofer at the base of the sidetrim.

X Turn quick-release fastener : upwards.X Press the bracket into the recess in sidetrim ;.

X Turn quick-release fastener: clockwise.

Opening and closing the service cover

Please note

G WARNING

If the service cover is not locked, it maycome loose during driving and block yourview or endanger other road users. There isa risk of an accident and injury.

Therefore, make sure that the service coveris locked before every journey.

G WARNING

If the windshield wipers begin to operatewhile the service cover is open, there is adanger of injury from the wiper arms.There is a risk of injury.

Always switch off the windshield wipersand the ignitionbefore opening the servicecover.

! To ensure unhindered air intake, care-fully remove any snow or dirt from theventilation slots above the service cover.

The vehicle must be secured against rollingaway.On vehicles with a lockable service cover, theservice cover must be unlocked before it isopened.

Opening and closing the service cover 139

>>Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Z

Unlocking the service cover

X Insert the tip of the SmartKey into theopening of lock cover :.

X Press the SmartKey to the right; to leverup the lock cover.

X Remove the lock cover.X Insert the SmartKey into the lock and turnit 90° clockwise.

Opening the service cover

X Pull both levers ; in the direction of thearrow.

X Lift service cover = at the front.X Pull service cover= slightly forward andlift it up.

X Lean service cover = attached by thestraps, carefully on the front of the vehi-cle.

Closing the service cover

X Lift service cover =.X Slide bars A on the left and right of theservice cover under the bars on fender?.

X Press service cover = down.X Press both levers ; back in the directionof the arrow.

Locking the service cover

X Insert the SmartKey into the lock and turnit to position 1.

X Insert lock cover : on the driver's sideand snap it into place.

140 Opening and closing the service cover>>

Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Checking and adding service products

Please note

G WARNING

Service products may be poisonous andhazardous to health. There is a risk ofinjury.

Comply with instructions on the use, stor-age and disposal of service products on thelabels of the respective original contain-ers. Always store service products sealedin their original containers. Always keepservice products out of the reach of chil-dren.


Dispose of service products in an environ-mentally responsible manner.

Also observe the information in the "Serviceproducts" section (Y page 198).Service products include the following:

RCoolantRBrake fluidRWindshield washer fluidRClimate control system refrigerantService products approved for smart:http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com

Checking and adding coolant

Checking the coolant level

X Stop the vehicle on a level surface.X Let the coolant cool down for at least30 minutes.

X Open the service cover.X Check reservoir ; visually.The fluid level must be between the MINmark and the MAX mark.

Adding coolant

G WARNING

The cooling system is pressurized whenthe drive system is at normal operatingtemperature. When you open the cap, youcould be scalded by hot coolant sprayingout. There is a risk of injury.

Let the drive system cool down before youopen the cap. Wear protective gloves andeye protectionwhen opening. Open the capslowly to relieve pressure.

! Only add coolant that has been premixedwith the desired antifreeze protection. Youcould otherwise damage the engine.Further information on coolants can befound in theMercedes-Benz Specificationsfor Service Products, MB BeVo 310.1, e.g. onthe Internet athttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. Or con-tact a qualified specialist workshop.

If the coolant has antifreeze protection downto -35‡ (-37†), the boiling point of the cool-ant during operation is approximately 266‡(130†).The antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor concen-tration in the engine cooling system shouldbe 50% (antifreeze protection down to -35 ‡(-37†)). This will protect the engine coolingsystem against freezing down to around-13 ‡ (-25†).

X Cover cap: of coolant expansion tank;with a cloth.

X Turn the cap slowly one half turn. If nec-essary, allow excess pressure to escape.

X Turn the cap further and remove it.X Refill coolant to the MAX level.X Replace the cap and tighten it as far as itwill go.

X Close the service cover.

i See "Technical data" for information onrecommended coolants.

Checking and adding service products 141

>>Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Z

Adding washer fluid

G WARNING

Windshield washer concentrate is highlyflammable. If it comes into contactwithhotcomponents in the front compartment, itmay ignite. There is a risk of fire andinjury.

Make sure that no windshield washer con-centrate is spilled next to the filler neck.

X Open the service cover.X Pull cap : up at the tab.X If available, pull the removable nozzle upas far as the stop.

X Add washer fluid.X If available, push the removable nozzledown and push it inside.

X Replace and tightly screw on cap :.X Close the service cover.

i See "Technical data" for information onwindshield washer fluid and antifreeze.

Checking wheels and tires

G Warning

A flat tire severely impairs the driving,steering and braking characteristics of thevehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

do not drive with a flat tire. Immediatelyreplace the flat tire with your spare wheel,or consult a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

Damaged tires can cause tire inflationpressure loss. As a result, you could losecontrol of your vehicle. There is a risk ofaccident.

Check the tires regularly for signs of dam-age and replace any damaged tires imme-diately.

G WARNING

Insufficient tire treadwill reduce tire trac-tion. The tire is no longer able to dissipatewater. This means that on wet road surfa-ces, the risk of hydroplaning increases, inparticular where speed is not adapted tosuit the driving conditions. There is a riskof accident.

If the tire pressure is too high or too low,tiresmay exhibit different levels ofwear atdifferent locations on the tire tread. Thus,you should regularly check the treaddepthand the condition of the tread across theentire width of all tires.

Minimum tire tread depth for:

RSummer tires: â in (3 mm)

RM+S tires: ã in (4 mm)

For safety reasons, replace the tires beforethe legally prescribed limit for the mini-mum tire tread depth is reached.

! If they cannot be avoided, drive overobstacles such as curbs slowly and at anobtuse angle. Otherwise, you may damagethe wheels or tires.

Check the wheels and tires for damage atleast once a month, as well as after drivingoff-road or on poorly surfaced roads.Break in new tires at moderate speeds for thefirst 60 miles (100 km), as they only reachtheir full performance after this distance.Vibrations, audible noises and unusual han-dling characteristics, e.g. pulling to one side,can indicate damage to wheels or tires.

142 Checking wheels and tires>>

Maintenan

cean

dcare.

If you suspect a tire defect:

X Reduce vehicle speed.X Stop the vehicle as soon as possible.X Check the wheels and tires for damage.If you find no signs of damage, have thewheels and tires checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Indicator : shows which position the barmarking (arrow) for tread wear is integratedinto the tire tread.Treadwear indicators (TWI) are required bylaw. Six indicators are positioned on the tiretread. They are visible once a tread depth ofapproximately á in (1.6 mm) has beenreached. If this is the case, the tire is so wornthat it must be replaced.

Obtaining information on tires

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand-ards

Overview of Tire Quality Grading Stand-ards

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards areU.S. government specifications. Their pur-

pose is to provide drivers with uniform reli-able information on tire performance data.Tire manufacturers must grade tires usingthree performance factors:

: Treadwear grade; Traction grade= Temperature gradeThese regulations do not apply to Canada.Nevertheless, all tires sold in North Americaare provided with the corresponding qualitygrading markings on the sidewall of the tire.Quality grades can be found, where applica-ble, on the tire sidewall between the treadshoulder and maximum tire width.Example:

RTreadwear grade: 200RTraction grade: AARTemperature grade: AAll passenger car tires must conform to thestatutory safety requirements in addition tothese grades.

i The actual values for tires are vehicle-specific and may deviate from the valuesin the illustration.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on thewear rate of the tirewhen testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedU.S. government course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-halftimes as well on the government test track asa tire graded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions of their use, how-ever, and may depart significantly from thenormdue to variations indrivinghabits, ser-vice practices and differences in road char-acteristics and climate conditions.

Traction

G WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Obtaining information on tires 143

>>Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Z

! Avoidwheelspin. This can lead to damageto the drive train.

The traction grades, from highest to lowest,are AA, A, B and C. These grades represent thetire's ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified U.S. government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.The safe speed on a wet, snow covered or icyroad is always lower than on dry road sur-faces.The drivers must pay special attention toroad conditions when temperatures arearound freezing point.smart recommends aminimum tread depth ofã in (4 mm) on all four winter tires. Thelegally required minimum tread depth mustbe observed. Winter tires can reduce thebraking distance on snow-covered surfacesin comparison with summer tires. The brak-ing distance is still much further than onsurfaces that are not icy or covered withsnow. Therefore take appropriate care whendriving.

Temperature

G WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, underinflation, or excessive load-ing, either separately or in combination,can cause excessive heat build-up andpossible tire failure.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), Band C. They represent the tire's resistance tothe generation of heat and its ability to dis-sipate heat when tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, and excessive tempera-ture can lead to sudden tire failure. ThegradeC corresponds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the labora-

tory test wheel than the minimum requiredby law.

Tire labeling

Overview

: Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standard; DOT, Tire Identification Number= Maximum load rating? Maximum tire pressuresA ManufacturerB Tire materialC Tire size designation, load-bearing

capacity and speed ratingD Load indexE Tire name

i Tire data is vehicle-specific and maydeviate from the data in the example.

Tire size designation, load-bearingcapacity and speed rating

G WARNING

Exceeding the stated tire load-bearingcapacity and the approved maximumspeed could lead to tire damage or the tirebursting. There is a risk of accident.

Therefore, only use tire types and sizesapproved for your vehicle model. Observe

144 Obtaining information on tires>>

Maintenan

cean

dcare.

the tire load rating and speed ratingrequired for your vehicle.

: Tire width in mm; Nominal aspect ratio in %= Tire code? Rim diameterA Load bearing indexB Speed rating

General information: depending on the man-ufacturer's standards, the size imprinted inthe tire wall may also contain a letter thatprecedes the size description.

RNo letter: passenger vehicle tires accord-ing to Europeanmanufacturing standards.RLetter P: passenger vehicle tires accordingto US manufacturing standards.RLetters LT: light truck tires according toUSmanufacturing standards.RLetter T: compact emergency wheels withhigh tire pressure that are only designedfor temporary use in an emergency.

Tire width: tire width : shows the nominaltire width in millimeters.Height-width ratio: aspect ratio; is the sizeratio between the tire height and tire widthand is shown in percent. The aspect ratio iscalculated by dividing the tire width by thetire height.Tire code: tire code= specifies the tire type.

RR: radial tiresRD: diagonal tiresRB: diagonal radial tiresRZR: optional, depending on the manufac-turer, for tires with a maximum speed ofover 149 mph (240 km/h), e.g. 245/40 ZR 18

Rim diameter: rim diameter? is the diame-ter of the bead seat and is given in inches(in).Load-bearing index: load-bearing index Ais a numerical code that specifies the maxi-mum load-bearing capacity of a tire. Load-bearing index 91 indicates amaximumloadof1,356 lb (615 kg) that the tires canbear. Donotoverload the tires by exceeding the specifiedload limit. The maximum permissible load islocated on the vehicle's Tire and LoadingInformation placard on the B-pillar on thedriver's side.Speed rating: speed rating B specifies themaximum permissible speed of the tire.Summer tires

Index Speed rating

Q up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)

S up to 112 mph (180 km/h)

T up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

W up to 168 mph (270 km/h)

Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR...Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR...(..Y) over 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR over 149 mph (240 km/h)

The service specification is made up of load-bearing index A and speed rating B.If the size description of the tire includes"ZR" and there are no service specifications,contact the tiremanufacturer in order to findout the maximum speed.If a service specification is available, themaximum speed is limited according to thespeed rating in the service specification.Example: 245/40 ZR18 97 Y. In this example,"97 Y" is the service specification. The letter"Y" represents the speed rating. The maxi-mum speed of the tire is limited to 186 mph(300 km/h).The size description for all tires with maxi-mum speeds of over 186 mph (300 km/h) must


>>Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Z

include "ZR", and the service specificationmust be given in parentheses. Example:275/40 ZR 18 (99 Y). Speed rating "(Y)" indi-cates that the maximum speed of the tire isover 186 mph (300 km/h). Consult the tiremanufacturer to find out the maximumspeed.All-weather tires and winter tires

Index Speed rating

Q M+S5 up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

T M+S5 up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

H M+S5 up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V M+S5 up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

i Not all tires with the M+S marking pro-vide the driving characteristics of wintertires. In addition to the M+S marking, win-ter tires also have the i snowflakesymbol on the tire wall. Tires with thismarking fulfill the requirements of theRubber Manufacturers Association (RMA)and the Rubber Association of Canada(RAC) regarding the tire traction on snow.They have been especially developed fordriving on snow.

An electronic speed limiter prevents thevehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph(210 km/h).The speed rating of tires mounted at the fac-tory may be higher than the maximum speedthat the electronic speed limiter permits.The driver must ensure that the tires havethe required speed rating, e.g.withnew tires.For the required speed rating for the vehicle,see (Y page 144).Further information about reading tire datais available from any qualified specialistworkshop.

Load index

In addition to the load-bearing index, loadidentification : may also be imprinted onthe sidewall of the tire.

RNo text: standard load (SL) tire.RXL or Extra Load: extra load or reinforcedtire.RLight Load: light load tire.RC, D, E: load range that depends on themaximum load that the tire can carry at acertain pressure.

Maximum load rating

Maximum tire load : is the maximum per-missible weight for which the tire isapproved.Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit. The maximum permis-sible load is located on the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information placard on the B-pillaron the driver's side.

5 Or M+S i for winter tires.


Maintenan

cean

dcare.

DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)

: DOT (Department of Transportation); Manufacturer identification code= Tire size? Tire type codeA Date of manufacture

U.S. tire regulations stipulate that every tiremanufacturer or retreader must imprint aTIN in or on the sidewall of each tire pro-duced.The TIN is a unique identification number.The TIN enables the tire manufacturers orretreaders to inform purchasers of recallsand other safety-relevant matters. It makesit possible for the purchaser to easily iden-tify the affected tires.DOT : indicates that the tire complies withthe requirements of the United StatesDepartment of Transportation.Manufacturer identification code ; pro-vides details on the tire manufacturer. Newtires have a code with two symbols. Retrea-ded tires have a code with four symbols.Identifier = describes the tire size.Tire type code ? can be used by the manu-facturer as a code to describe specific char-acteristics of the tire.Date ofmanufactureA provides informationabout the age of a tire. The first and secondpositions represent theweek ofmanufacture,startingwith "01" for the first calendar week.Positions three and four represent the year ofmanufacture. For example, a tire that ismarked with "3208", was manufactured inweek 32 in 2008.

Tire characteristics

: Tire cord and the number of layers in theside wall

; Tire cord and the number of layers underthe tread

Definition of terms for tires and loading

Tire ply composition and material usedDescribes the number of plies or the numberof layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tiretread and sidewall. These are made of steel,nylon, polyester and other materials.

BarMetric unit for tire pressure. 14.5038 poundsper square inch (psi) and 100 kilopascals(kPa) are the equivalent of 1 bar.

DOT (Department of Transportation)DOT-marked tires fulfill the requirements ofthe United States Department of Transpor-tation.

Normal occupant weightThe number of occupants for which the vehi-cle is designed multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs).

Uniform Tire Quality Grading StandardsA uniform standard to grade the quality oftires with regards to tread quality, tire trac-tion and temperature characteristics. Thequality grading assessment is made by themanufacturer following specifications fromthe U.S. government. The ratings are moldedinto the sidewall of the tire.


>>Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Z

Recommended tire pressuresThe recommended tire pressure applies tothe tires mounted at the factory.The Tire and Loading Information placardcontains the recommended tire pressures forcold tires on a fully loadedvehicle and for themaximum permissible vehicle speed.The tire pressure table contains the recom-mended tire pressure for cold tires undervarious operating conditions, i.e. loadingand speed of the vehicle.

Increased vehicle weight due to optionalequipmentThe combined weight of all standard andoptional equipment available for the vehicle,regardless of whether it is actually installedon the vehicle or not.

RimThis is the part of the wheel on which the tireis mounted.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weightrating. The actual load on an axle must notexceed the gross axle weight rating. Themaximum gross axle weight rating is locatedon the vehicle identification plate on theB-pillar on the driver's side.

Speed ratingThe speed rating is part of the tire identifi-cation. It specifies the speed range for whichthe tire is approved.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)The gross vehicle weight includes theweightof the vehicle including tools, the sparewheel, accessories installed, occupants, lug-gage and the drawbar noseweight, if appli-cable. The gross vehicle weight must notexceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWRas specified on the vehicle identificationplate on the B-pillar on the driver's side.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)The GVWR is the gross vehicle weight ratingof the fully laden vehicle (weight of the vehi-cle including all accessories, occupants, lug-gage and the drawbar noseweight, if appli-cable). The gross vehicle weight rating isspecified on the vehicle identification plateon the B-pillar on the driver's side.

Maximum loaded vehicle weightThe maximum weight is the sum of the fol-lowing factors:

Rthe curb weight of the vehicleRweight of accessoriesRthe load limitRtheweight of the factory installed optionalequipment

Kilopascal (kPa)Metric unit for tire pressure. 6.9 kPa corre-sponds to 1 psi. Another unit for tire pressureis bar. 100 kilopascals (kPa) are the equiva-lent of 1 bar.

Load indexIn addition to the load-bearing index, theload index may also be imprinted on thesidewall of the tire. This specifies the load-bearing capacity of the tire more precisely.

Curb weightThe weight of a vehicle with standard equip-ment including the maximum capacity ofcoolant. It also includes the climate controlsystem and optional equipment if your vehi-cle is equipped with these, but does notinclude passengers or luggage.

Maximum load ratingThe maximum tire load is the maximum per-missibleweight in kg or lbs forwhich a tire isapproved.

Maximum permissible tire pressureMaximum permissible tire pressure for onetire.

Maximum load on one tireMaximum load on one tire. This is calculatedby dividing the maximum axle load of oneaxle by two.

PSI (pounds per square inch)A standard unit of measure for tire pressure.

Aspect ratioRelationship between tire height and tirewidth in percent.


Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Tire pressureThis is pressure inside the tire applying anoutward force to each square inch of the tire'ssurface. The tire pressure is specified inpounds per square inch (psi), in kilopascal(kPa) or in bar. The tire pressure should onlybe corrected when the tires are cold.

Cold tire pressureThe tires are considered to be cold in the fol-lowing conditions:

RIf the vehicle has been parked with thetires out of direct sunlight for at leastthree hours.Rif the vehicle has not been driven furtherthan 1 mile (1.6 km)

TreadThe part of the tire that comes into contactwith the road.

BeadThe tire bead ensures that the tire sitssecurely on thewheel. There are several steelwires in the bead to prevent the tire fromcoming loose from the wheel rim.

SidewallThe part of the tire between the tread and thebead.

Weight of optional extrasThe combinedweight of those optional extrasthat weigh more than the replaced standardparts and more than 5 lbs (2.3 kg). Theseoptional extras, such as high-performancebrakes, level control, a roof rack or a high-voltage battery, are not included in the curbweight and the weight of the accessories.

TIN (Tire Identification Number)This is a unique identifier which can be usedby a tire manufacturer to identify tires, forexample for a product recall, and thus iden-tify the purchasers. The TIN ismade up of themanufacturer's identity code, tire size, tiretype code and the manufacturing date.

Load bearing indexThe load-bearing index is a code that con-tains the maximum load bearing capacity ofa tire.

TractionTraction is the result of friction between thetires and the road surface.

Treadwear indicatorsNarrow bars (tread wear bars) that are dis-tributed over the tire tread. If the tire tread islevel with the bars, the wear limit of á in(1.6 mm) has been reached.

Occupant distributionThe distribution of occupants in a vehicle attheir designated seating positions.

Total load limitNominal load and luggage load plus 68 kg(150 lbs)multiplied by the number of seats inthe vehicle.

Changing a wheel

Please note

G WARNING

Interchanging the front and rear wheelsmay severely impair the driving charac-teristics if the wheels or tires have differ-ent dimensions. The wheel brakes or sus-pension componentsmay also be damaged.There is a risk of accident.

Rotate front and rear wheels only if thewheels and tires are of the same dimen-sions.

G WARNING

If wheels and tires of the wrong size areused, the wheel brakes or suspension com-ponents may be damaged. There is a risk ofan accident.

Always replacewheels and tireswith thosethat fulfill the specifications of the origi-nal part.

When replacing wheels, make sure to usethe correct:

Rdesignation

Rmodel

Changing a wheel 149

>>Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Z

When replacing tires, make sure to use thecorrect:

Rdesignation

Rmanufacturer

Rmodel

! If your vehicle is equipped with the tirepressure monitor, each wheel has an elec-tronic component.Tire-mounting tools should not be appliedin the area of the valve. Otherwise, theelectronic components could be damaged.Only have tires replaced at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

! Position a suitable jack only on the jack-ing points intended for this purpose. Raisethe vehicle for a short time only to changethe wheel. Make sure the vehicle is on asuitable surface and that no-one is in thevehicle. Secure the vehicle using chocksand apply the parking brake.

Rules for selecting new tires

! For safety reasons, smart recommendsthat you only use tires and wheels whichhave been specifically approved by smartfor your vehicle. These are specially adap-ted to the control systems, such as ABS orESP®.Only use tires and wheels specifically tes-ted and approved by smart. Certain char-acteristics, e.g. handling, vehicle noiseemissions or fuel consumption, may oth-erwise be adversely affected. In addition,when driving with a load, dimensionalvariations and different tire deformationcharacteristics could cause the tires tomake contact with the bodywork and axlecomponents. This could result in damageto the tires or the vehicle.smart accepts no liability for damageresulting from the use of tires or wheelsother than those tested and approved.Information on wheels and tires can beobtained at a qualified specialist work-shop, e.g. a smart center.

The service life of tires depends on variousfactors, including the following:

RDriving styleRTire pressureRDistance coveredObserve the following rules for selecting newtires:

ROnly mount tires and wheels of the sametype and make.ROnly tires of the same size may be used ona single axle (left/right).ROnly use tires of the same type (summertires, all-season tires, winter tires).RUse only wheel/tire combinationsapproved by smart.RDo not wear tires out too much. as this sig-nificantly reduces the traction on wetroads (hydroplaning).RReplace tires after six years at the latest.

i Recommended tire pressure for variousoperating states can be found on the tirepressure table on the door pillar (B-pillar)on the driver's side.

You can find further information regardingtires at specialist tire retailers, at qualifiedspecialist workshops or at any smart center.

Preparing to change a wheel

The vehicle tool tray is located under theglove box.

X Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slippery andlevel ground.

X Apply the parking brake.X Position the front wheels to point straightahead.

X Shift the transmission to position j.X Switch off the engine.X Remove SmartKey from ignition lock.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.

Removing a wheel

G WARNING

If you do not position the jack correctly atthe appropriate jacking point of the vehi-

150 Changing a wheel>>

Maintenan

cean

dcare.

cle, the jack could tip over with the vehicleraised. There is a risk of injury.

Only position the jack at the appropriatejacking point of the vehicle. The base of thejackmust bepositioned vertically, directlyunder the jacking point of the vehicle.

! Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on adirty surface. The bolt and wheel hubthreads could otherwise be damaged whenyou screw them in.

! Position a suitable jack only on the jack-ing points intended for this purpose.Never position the jack on the high-volt-age battery. Do not jack up the vehicle onthe high-voltage battery. There is other-wise a risk of damaging the high-voltagebattery.Also observe the notes in the "Changing awheel" section.

Warning stickers

Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps:

X Using both hands, grasp two hub capopenings and remove the hub cap.

Vehicles with steel wheels and hub cap cov-ers:

X Remove the wheel hub cover.

X Using lugwrench: loosen thewheel boltsby about one turn. Do not unscrew thewheel bolts completely.

The vehicle may only be raised at the desig-nated jacking points. Points ; are to thefront and back in the immediate vicinity ofthe wheels. Do not position jack = on theedge of sill :. Otherwise, damage to thevehicle could occur.

Changing a wheel 151

>>Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Z

X Position jack ; behind the triangularindentations for jacking point :.

X Set the foot of the jack up vertically withrespect to the jacking point on the vehicle.

X Raise the vehicle using the jack until thetire is a maximum of 1.2 in (3 cm) off theground.

X Unscrew and remove the wheel bolts.X Remove the wheel.

Mounting a wheel

G WARNING

The wheels could work loose if the wheelnuts and bolts are not tightened to thespecified tightening torque. There is a riskof accident.

Have the tightening torque immediatelychecked at a qualified specialist workshopafter a wheel is changed.

G WARNING

If you tighten thewheel bolts orwheel nutswhen the vehicle is raised, the jack couldtip over. There is a risk of injury.

Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is on the ground.

! When changing a wheel, use only wheelbolts that have been approved for thewheel rim and vehicle.

! To prevent damage to the paintwork, holdthe wheel securely against the wheel hubwhile screwing in the first wheel bolt.

Always pay attention to the instructions andsafety notes on "Changing a wheel"(Y page 149).

Mount tires with a specified direction ofrotation only according to their direction ofrotation. An arrow on the sidewall of the tireindicates its correct direction of rotation.

X Clean the wheel and wheel hub contactsurfaces.

X Push the wheel onto the wheel hub andpress it on.

X Screw in the wheel bolts and tighten themslightly.

152 Changing a wheel>>

Maintenan

cean

dcare.

X Lower the vehicle all the way.X Remove the jack.X Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a cross-wise pattern in sequence indicated :to ?. The tightening torque must be77 lb-ft (105 Nm).

X Check the recommended tire pressure andadjust if necessary.

i Vehicles with tire pressure monitor: allwheels mounted must be equipped withfunctioning sensors.

Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps:

X Mount hub capA such that valveB doesnot become trapped.

X Press the hub cap evenly onto the wheelwith both hands until you hear the hub capengage.

X Check to make sure the hub cap is seatedsecurely on the wheel.

Vehicle with steel wheels and wheel hub cov-ers:

X Mount the wheel hub cover.

Storing wheels

X Store wheels in a cool, dry and dark placewhen not in use.

X Protect against oil, grease and fuel.

Using the tire pressure monitor

Useful information

i This function is onlyavailable in theUSA.

G WARNING

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked at least once every twoweeks when cold and inflated to the pres-sure recommended by the vehicle manu-facturer on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion placard on the driver's door B-pillar orthe tire pressure label on the inside of thefuel filler flap. If your vehicle has tires of adifferent size than the size indicated onthe Tire and Loading Information placardor, if available, the tire pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire pressurefor those tires.

As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a tire pressuremonitoring system (TPMS) that illuminatesa low tire pressure telltale when one ormore of your tires are significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale lights up, you should stopand check your tires as soon as possible,and inflate them to the proper pressure.Driving on a significantly underinflatedtire causes the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure.

Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiencyand tire tread life, andmay affect the vehi-cle's handling and stopping ability. Pleasenote that the TPMS is not a substitute forproper tiremaintenance, and it is the driv-er's responsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if underinflation has notreached the level to trigger illumination ofthe TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction,the warning lamp will flash for approx-imately a minute and then remain contin-uously illuminated. This sequence will berepeated every time the vehicle is startedas long as themalfunction exists.When themalfunction indicator is illuminated, the

Using the tire pressure monitor 153

>>Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Z

system may not be able to detect or signallow tire pressure as intended.

TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installation ofincompatible replacement or alternatetires or wheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunction tell-tale after replacing one or more tires orwheels on your vehicle to ensure that thereplacement or alternate Tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

It is the driver's responsibility to set the tirepressure to that recommended for cold tireswhich is suitable for the operating situation.The tire pressure monitor issues a warningwhen the pressure drops in one ormore of thetires.The tire pressure monitor only functions ifsensors are present in all four tires, and afterthemonitor has learned the correct tire pres-sure for the current operating situation. Thisoccurs automatically in most situations, butmayalso be specified after restarting the tirepressure monitor. Before restarting, checkthe tires for the recommended tire pressure.The tire pressure monitor does not provide awarning in the following cases:

REven loss of pressure on multiple tiresRSudden loss of tire pressure, e.g. due topenetration by a foreign bodyRIncorrectly set tire pressureThe tire pressuremonitor has a yellowwarn-ing lamp in the instrument cluster for indi-cating pressure loss and malfunction.

Restarting the tire pressure monitor

X Set the tire pressure of all tires to the rec-ommended value.

X Select Settings > Tire Pressure Monitorin the on-board computer.The Tire Pressure Monitor Use cur‐rent pressures as new reference val‐ues? message appears in the display.

X Select yes and press a to confirm.The display shows the Tire PressureMonitor Restarted message.

X Press a to confirm.

If the Tire Pressure Monitor Restartedmessage does not appear after five seconds,restart the tire pressure monitor again.

Checking the tire pressures

Please note

G WARNING

Underinflated or overinflated tires posethe following risks:

Rthe tires may burst, especially as theload and vehicle speed increase.

Rthe tires may wear excessively and/orunevenly, whichmay greatly impair tiretraction.

Rthe driving characteristics, as well assteering and braking, may be greatlyimpaired.


Follow recommended tire inflation pres-sures and check thepressure of all the tiresincluding the spare wheel:

Rmonthly, at least

Rif the load changes

Rbefore beginning a long journey

Runder different operating conditions,e.g. off-road driving

If necessary, correct the tire pressure.

G WARNING

If you mount unsuitable accessories ontotire valves, the tire valves may be over-loaded and malfunction, which can causetire pressure loss. Due to their design, ret-rofitted tire pressure monitoring systemswill keep the tire valve open. This can alsoresult in tire pressure loss. There is a riskof an accident.

154 Checking the tire pressures>>

Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Only screw standard valve caps or valvecaps specifically approved for your vehicleby smart onto the tire valve.

G WARNING

If the tire pressure drops repeatedly, thewheel, valve or tire may be damaged. Tirepressure that is too lowmay result in a tireblow-out. There is a risk of an accident.

RCheck the tire for foreign objects.

RCheck whether the wheel is losing air orthe valve is leaking.

If you are unable to rectify the damage,contact a qualified specialist workshop.

The recommended tire pressures for the tiresmounted at the factory can be found on thelabels described here.Further information is available in qualifiedspecialist workshops.The specifications on the sample Tire andLoading Information placard and tire pres-sure tables are examples. Tire pressure spec-ifications are vehicle-specific andmaydevi-ate from the data shown here. The valid tirepressure value can be found on the Tire andLoading Information placard and the vehi-cle's tire pressure table.

: Recommended tire pressures

The Tire and Loading Information placard ison the door pillar on the driver's side(B-pillar).The Tire and Loading Information placardcontains the recommended tire pressures forcold tires. The recommended tire pressuresare valid for the maximum permissible loadand up to the maximum permissible vehiclespeed.

The tire pressure table is on the inside of thesocket flap.

Example: tire pressure table for all tires per-mitted for this vehicle by the factory

The tire pressure table contains the recom-mended pressures for cold tires for variousoperating conditions, i.e. differing load andspeed conditions.

Example: tire pressure table with tire dimen-sions

If a tire size precedes a tire pressure, the tirepressure information following is only validfor that tire size. The load conditions "par-tially laden" and "fully laden" are defined inthe table for different numbers of occupantsand amounts of luggage. The actual numberof seats may differ.

Checking the tire pressures 155

>>Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Z

Some tire pressure tables only show the rimdiameter instead of the complete tire size,e.g. R18. The rim diameter is part of the tiresize and can be found on the tire sidewall.If the tire pressures have been set to thelower values for lighter loads and/or lowerspeeds, correct them in the following cases:

RIf you are driving with a heavier loadRIf you are driving at higher speeds

i The tire pressure recommended forincreased loads and higher speeds in thetire pressure table can affect driving com-fort.

If the tire pressure is not set correctly, thiscan lead to an excessive build up of heat anda sudden loss of pressure.

Underinflated or overinflated tires

G WARNING

Tires with pressure that is too low canoverheat and burst as a consequence. Inaddition, they also suffer from excessiveand/or irregular wear, which can severelyimpair the braking properties and thedriving characteristics. There is a risk ofan accident.

Avoid tire pressures that are too low in allthe tires, including the spare wheel.

G WARNING

Tires with excessively high pressure canburst because they are damagedmore eas-ily by road debris, potholes etc. In addi-tion, they also suffer from irregular wear,which can severely impair the braking

properties and the driving characteristics.There is a risk of an accident.

Avoid tire pressures that are too high in allthe tires, including the spare wheel.

Possible consequences of underinflatedtires:

RTire defects as a result of overheatingRAdverse effect on handling characteristicsRQuick and uneven wearRAdverse effect on energy consumptionPossible consequences of overinflated tires:

RLonger braking distanceRAdverse effect on handling characteristicsRQuick and uneven wearRAdverse effect on driving comfortRIncreased susceptibility to damage

: Example: maximum permissible tirepressure

Do not exceed the maximum permissible tireinflation pressure. Always observe the rec-ommended tire pressure when adjusting thetire pressure.The actual values for tires are vehicle-spe-cific and may deviate from the values in theillustration.

Checking and correcting the tire pres-sure manually

Observe the notes on tire pressure.Only check the tire pressure once the tireshave cooled down.

X Drive the vehicle less than 1 mile (1.6 km).X Park the vehicle away from direct sunlightfor at least three hours.

156 Checking the tire pressures>>

Maintenan

cean

dcare.

X Remove the valve cap of the tire beingchecked.

X Press the tire pressure gauge securelyonto the valve.

X Read the tire pressure and compare it withthe recommended value on the Tire andLoading Information placard.

X If the tire pressure is too low, increase thetire pressure to the recommended value.

X If the tire pressure is too high, release air.To do this, press down the metal pin in thevalve using the tip of a pen, for example.Then, check the tire pressure again usingthe tire pressure gauge.

X Screw the valve cap onto the valve.X Repeat these steps for the other tires.

Using winter tires

G WARNING

M+S tires with a tire tread depth of lessthanã in (4mm) are not suitable for use inwinter and do not provide sufficient trac-tion. There is a risk of an accident.

M+S tires with a tread depth of less thanãin (4 mm) must be replaced immediately.

At temperatures below 45 ‡ (+7†), summertires lose elasticity and therefore tractionand braking power. Change the tires on yourvehicle therefore to winter tires or all-sea-son tires marked with M+S. Using summertires at very cold temperatures could causetears to form, thereby damaging the tirespermanently. smart cannot accept responsi-bility for this type of damage.Have the vehicle winterproofed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop at the onset of winter.

X At low temperatures, use only winter tiresmarked with M+S.

X Use M+S tires with the additional isnowflake symbol in wintry road condi-tions.These tires allow driving safety systems,e.g. ABS, to function optimally in winter.

X Use M+S tires of the same make and treadon all wheels.

X When driving with M+S tires, observe thespecified maximum permissible speed.

X Use only tire types and sizes approved forsmart.

X Whenusing tireswith a specified directionof rotation, observe the arrow on the side-wall indicating the tire's direction of rota-tion.

After mounting M+S tires:

X Check the tire pressure.X Restart the tire pressure monitor.

Using snow chains

G WARNING

If snow chains are installed to the frontwheels, they may drag against the vehiclebody or chassis components. This couldcause damage to the vehicle or the tires.There is a risk of an accident.

To avoid hazardous situations:

Rnever install snow chains to the frontwheels

Ralways install snow chains in pairs tothe rear wheels.

! Vehicles with steel wheels: if you mountsnow chains on steel wheels, you maydamage the hub caps. Remove the hub capsfrom the relevant wheels before mountingthe snow chains.

For safety reasons, smart recommends thatyou only use snow chains that have beenspecially approved foryour vehicle by smart.Further information can be obtained at asmart center or a qualified specialist work-shop.Note that snow chains are always designedfor a specific tire size. If youmount tires thatare larger or smaller than the original tires,you will require new snow chains of the cor-rect size.

X Observe country-specific regulations.X Use only snow chains approved for smart.X Mount snow chains on both rear wheels.

Using snow chains 157

>>Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Z

X Use snow chains only on snow-coveredroads.

X When driving with snow chains mounted,do not exceed the maximum permissiblespeed of 30 mph (50 km/h).

Changing the window wiper blades

Please note

G WARNING

If the windshield wipers begin to movewhile you are changing the wiper blades,you could be trapped by the wiper arm.There is a risk of injury.

Always switch off the windshield wipersand ignition before changing the wiperblades.

! Never open the service cover or tailgate ifa wiper arm has been folded away from thewindshield or rear window. Never fold awiper arm without a wiper blade back ontothe windshield or rear window. Hold thewindshield wiper arm firmly when youchange the wiper blade. If you release thewiper arm without a wiper blade and itfalls onto the window, the window may bedamaged by the force of the impact.

Changing the window wiper blades onthe windshield

X Fold the wiper arm away from the wind-shield.

X Press release clips ; on mounting ? inthe direction of windshield 3. The catchtab is released from the mounting and the

window wiper blades can be removed fromthe wiper arm.

X Slide window wiper blade : in the direc-tion of arrow5until the securing hook forthe window wiper blade is revealed.

X Remove the window wiper blade.

X Slide new window wiper blade : in thedirection of arrow4 onto mounting= ofwiper arm ;.The window wiper blade snaps into place.

X Check that thewindowwiper blade is posi-tioned correctly.

X Carefully fold wiper arm; onto the wind-shield.

Changing the rear window wiper blade(smart fortwo coupe)

X Remove SmartKey from ignition lock.X Fold wiper arm: away from the rear win-dow until you hear it engage.

X Unscrew window wiper blade ; in thedirection of the arrow until it is releasedfrom the retainer on the wiper arm.

X Pull out window wiper blade ;.

158 Changing the window wiper blades>>

Maintenan

cean

dcare.

X Press new window wiper blade ; ontowiper arm : until it engages.

X Check that window wiper blade; is posi-tioned correctly.

X Fold wiper arm: back onto the rear win-dow.

Cleaning the vehicle

Useful information

Regular care maintains the appearance andquality of the vehicle over time.Observe the following when cleaning andcaring for the vehicle:

X Do not clean the engine.X Do not clean the vehicle whilst charging.X Use soft, moist cloths.X Use care products and cleaning agentsrecommended and approved for smart.

X Do not use acidic cleaning agents.X In winter, carefully remove road salt assoon as possible.

Cleaning the vehicle exterior

Washing in an automatic car wash orwashing by hand

Preparing the vehicle for cleaning

G WARNING

Braking efficiency is reduced after wash-ing the vehicle. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

After the vehicle has been washed, brakecarefully while paying attention to thetraffic conditions until full braking poweris restored.

X Close the side windows completely.X Switch off the climate control blower.X Turn the windshield wiper to position 0.

Notes on care of matte paintwork

! The following can give the paint a glossyappearance and thus reduce the matteffect:

RRubbing hard with unsuitable agentsRWashing the vehicle in direct sunlight

! Only use automatic car washes whichcorrespond to the latest technologicalstandards. Never use wash programswhich finish by treating the vehicle withhot wax.

! Never use paint cleaner, buffing or pol-ishing products, or gloss preserver, e.g.wax, for the purpose of paintwork care.These products are only suitable for high-gloss surfaces. Their use on vehicles withmatte paintwork leads to considerablesurface damage or, more specifically, toshiny, spotted areas.Always have paintwork repairs carried outat a qualified specialist workshop.

! Never polish the vehicle or the light alloywheels. Polishing causes the finish toshine.

If your vehicle has a clear matte finish,observe these notes. By doing so, you canavoid paintwork damage due to incorrecthandling.

Washing in the automatic car wash

! Never clean your vehicle in a TouchlessAutomatic Car Wash as these use specialcleaning agents. These cleaning agentscan damage the paintwork or plastic parts.

X Prepare the vehicle for cleaning.X Remove excess dirt.X Drive through the automatic car wash.X Remove wax from the front windshield andthe wiper blades.

i If the windshield wipers leave smearsafter the vehicle has passed through thecar wash, this may be caused by wax orother residue. This residue can be removedwith washer fluid.

Washing by handX Locate a washing bay equipped for hand-washing.

X Prepare the vehicle for cleaning.

Cleaning the vehicle 159

>>Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Z

X Apply mild cleaning agent with a softvehicle sponge.

X Thoroughly hose the vehicle with a gentlejet of water; do not point the water jetdirectly towards the air inlet grille.

X Dry the vehicle off with a chamois.

Cleaning with a power washer

G WARNING

Thewater jet froma circular jet nozzle (dirtblasters) can cause invisible exterior dam-age to the tires or chassis components.Components damaged in this way may failunexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Do not use power washers with circular jetnozzles to clean the vehicle. Have damagedtires or chassis components replacedimmediately.

! Always maintain a distance of at least12 in (30 cm) between the vehicle and thepower washer nozzle. Information aboutthe correct distance is available from theequipment manufacturer.Move the power washer nozzle aroundwhen cleaning your vehicle.Do not aim directly at any of the following:

RTiresRDoor gaps, roof gaps, joints, etc.RElectrical componentsRBatteryRPlug-type couplingsRLight bulbsRSealsRTrim elementsRVentilation slotsDamaged seals or electrical componentscan lead to leaks or failures.

X Prepare the vehicle for cleaning.X Maintain a distance of at least 12 in (30 cm)between the power washer nozzle and thevehicle.

X Keep moving the nozzle whilst cleaning.

Cleaning the rear view camera

X Clean camera lens:with water and a softcloth.

Cleaning the sensors

: Forward collision warning sensor; Parking aid sensors

X Clean sensors withwater, car shampoo anda soft cloth.

Cleaning the wheels

G WARNING

Thewater jet froma circular jet nozzle (dirtblasters) can cause invisible exterior dam-age to the tires or chassis components.Components damaged in this way may failunexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

160 Cleaning the vehicle>>

Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Do not use power washers with circular jetnozzles to clean the vehicle. Have damagedtires or chassis components replacedimmediately.

! Do not use acidic wheel cleaning prod-ucts to remove brake dust. This could dam-age wheel bolts and brake components.

! Do not park your vehicle for a long periodof time directly after cleaning, particu-larly after cleaning the wheel rim withwheel cleaner. Wheel cleaner can lead tothe increased corrosion of the brake discsand pads. Therefore, drive for a fewminutes after cleaning. By heating up thebrakes, the brake discs and pads dry. Thevehicle can then be parked for a longperiod of time.

X Clean the wheels with an acid-free clean-ing agent.

Cleaning the windows and windshieldwiper

Cleaning the windows

G WARNING

You could become trapped by the wind-shield wipers if they start moving whilecleaning the windshield or wiper blades.There is a risk of injury.

Always switch off the windshield wipersand the ignition before cleaning the wind-shield or wiper blades.

X Place the wiper arms in the vertical posi-tion and fold them away from the window.

X Clean the inside and outside of the win-dows with a damp cloth and a cleaningagent recommended for smart.

X Clear deposits regularly from the wind-shield and rear window to ensure thatwater can drain unhindered.

Cleaning the window wiper bladesX Place the wiper arms in the vertical posi-tion and fold them away from the window.

X Clean the window wiper blades with a softcloth.

X Fold the wiper arms back into place.

Cleaning the panoramic roof (smart fortwocoupe)

! Only use cleaning agents or cleaningcloths which are suitable for plastic lightlenses. Unsuitable cleaning agents orcleaning cloths could scratch or damagethe plastic windows of the panoramic roof.Do not use cleaning agents which containsolvents.

X Apply mild cleaning agent for plastic len-ses and wipe off with a moist sponge.

Cleaning the roof

Dry cleaningX Brush from the front to the back using asoft brush.

Wet cleaningX Dry clean first.X Washdownwith a soft brush or sponge andlukewarm water.

X Rinse with clean water.

Cleaning the soft top (smart fortwo cab-rio)

Useful information

! Never use a power washer to clean thesoft top, otherwise water could enter thevehicle interior.

! Only clean the folding top and rear softtop when they are closed.

Dry cleaningX Brush from the front to the back using asoft brush.

Wet cleaningX Dry clean first.X Washdownwith a soft brush or sponge andlukewarm water.

X Rinse with clean water.

Cleaning the exterior lighting

X Apply mild cleaning agent for plastic len-ses and wipe off with a wet sponge.

Cleaning the vehicle 161

>>Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Z

Cleaning and caring for paintwork

! Do not attach stickers to the paint sur-face. The adhesive residues may damagethe paintwork.

X Remove impurities immediately by rub-bing carefully.

X Soak insect remains with insect removerand rinse off.

X Soak bird droppings with water and rinseoff.

X Use tar remover to remove tar stains.X Use silicone remover to remove wax.X Remove coolant, brake fluid, tree resin,oils, fuels and greases by rubbing care-fully with a cloth soaked in petroleumether or lighter fluid.

X Use a suitable touch-up stick, e.g. MBTouch-Up Stick, to repair slight damage tothe paintwork quickly and provisionally.

When water no longer forms beads on thepaint surface, use the care product PaintCare, which has been recommended andapproved for smart. This is the case approx-imately every three to five months, depend-ing on the climate conditions and the careproduct used.If any dirt has penetrated the paint surfaceor the paint has become dull, the paintworkshould be cleaned. For this, use the careproduct Paint Cleaner, recommended andapproved for smart, to clean the paintwork.Do not use these care products in the sun oron the hood while the hood is hot.

Cleaning the vehicle interior

Cleaning the displays

! For cleaning, do not use any of the fol-lowing:

Ralcohol-based thinner or gasolineRabrasive cleaning agentsRcommercially-available householdcleaning agents

These may damage the display surface. Donot put pressure on the display surfacewhen cleaning. This could lead to irrepar-able damage to the display.

X Switch off the display and let it cool down.X Clean the display surfacewith amicrofibercloth and cleaner for TFT or LCD displays.

X Dry the display surface using a dry micro-fiber cloth.

Cleaning the steering wheel and the gearlever

X Wipe off with amoist cloth, or use a leathercare agent recommended for smart.

Cleaning the seat belts

G WARNING

Seat belts can become severely weakenedif bleached or dyed. This could cause theseat belts to tear or fail, for instance, in theevent of an accident. This poses anincreased risk of injury or fatal injury.

Never bleach or dye the seat belts.

! Do not clean the seat belts using chemi-cal cleaning agents. Do not dry the seatbelts by heating at temperatures above176 ‡ (80†) or in direct sunlight.

X Clean the seat belts using only lukewarmsoapy water.

Cleaning and caring for seats

Please note

! Donot usemicrofiber cloths to clean gen-uine leather or artificial leather covers, asthese are too aggressive and, if used often,may damage the cover.

Regular care maintains the appearance andfeel of the seats over time.

Cleaning and caring for genuine leatherseat coversX Wet a cloth with water and clean the seatcovers. Do not allow the leather to becomesoaked.

X Wipe off with a dry cloth.X Apply a leather care agent recommendedfor smart.

162 Cleaning the vehicle>>

Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Cleaning synthetic leather seat coversX Wet a cloth with detergent water and cleanthe seat covers.

Cleaning cloth seat coversX Wet a microfiber cloth with detergentwater.

X Rub cloth covers with care, cleaning entiresections of the cover.

X Allow the seat to dry.

Cleaning DINAMICA seat coversX Wet a cloth with water.X Clean entire sections of the cover.

Cleaning the paneling

Cleaning the plastic trim

G WARNING

Care products and cleaning agents con-taining solvents cause surfaces in thecockpit to becomeporous. As a result, plas-tic parts may come loose in the event of airbag deployment. There is a risk of injury.

Do not use any care products and cleaningagents to clean the cockpit.

! Never attach the following to plastic sur-faces:

RstickersRfilmsRperfume oil container or similarYou could otherwise damage the plastic.

To maintain the appearance of high-qualityplastic surfaces, do not allow surfaces tocome into contact with cosmetics, insectrepellents or sun creams.

X Clean the plastic trim with a damp cloth.X Use care products and cleaning agentsrecommended for smart to remove heavysoiling.

Cleaning the headliner (smart fortwocoupe)X Remove heavy soiling using a soft brush ora cleaning agent recommended for smart.

Cleaning the carpetsX Use carpet and textile cleaningagents rec-ommended for smart.

Cleaning the trim elements

! Do not use solvent-based cleaningagents such as tar remover, wheel clean-ers, polishes or waxes. There is otherwise arisk of damaging the surface.

X Clean the trim elements with a moistmicrofiber cloth.

X Use care products and cleaning agentsrecommended for smart to remove heavysoiling.

Observing service due dates

The ¯ and ° indicator lamps in theinstrument cluster display are reminders ofupcoming service due dates:

R¯: minor service.R°: major service.The service interval is based onnormal oper-ation of the vehicle. Observe the following ifthe vehicle is operated under arduous con-ditions or increased loads, e.g. regular citydriving with frequent intermediate stops:

X Carry out service work more often thanspecified by the service interval.

X Check the tires more frequently.

Current information on the type of servicecan be obtained at a smart Center or a quali-fied specialist workshop.

Parking the vehicle for a long period

! Please note that if the vehicle is not usedfor prolongedperiods, vehicle damagemayoccur and the battery may discharge orbecome damaged.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop andseek advice.

Parking the vehicle for a long period 163

>>Maintenan

cean

dcare.

Z

Securing the vehicle in the event of anaccident or a breakdown

Securing the vehicle

! When a tire is damaged, the danger areamust be kept clear of all persons.

X Stop the vehicle away from traffic on solid,non-slippery ground.

X Switch on the hazard warning lights.X Turn the front wheels to the straight-ahead position.

X Switch off the engine.X Passengers should leave the vehicle.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.

In the case of a flat tire, without TIREFIT thevehicle cannot be made roadworthy againusing the on-board equipment. No emer-gency call can be made via the smart Audio-System. The vehicle owner and the driver ofthe vehicle are responsible for equipping thevehicle with an appropriate breakdown kitand seeking assistance in the event of abreakdown.

Switching the hazardwarning lamps onand off

When the hazard warning lamps areswitched on, all the turn signal lamps flash.The hazard warning lamps automaticallyswitch on in the following cases:

Ran air bag is deployed.Rthe vehicle decelerates rapidly from aspeed of more than 45 mph (70 km/h) andcomes to a standstill.

The hazard warning lamps switch off auto-matically if the vehicle reaches a speed ofabove 6mph (10 km/h) again after a full brakeapplication.

X To switch on the hazard warning lampsmanually: press button :.

Securing the vehicle to prevent it fromrolling away

Securing on level ground

X To change the wheel, place chocks or othersuitable items under the front and rear ofthe wheel that is diagonally opposite thewheel you wish to change.

Securing on a downhill gradient

164 Securing the vehicle in the event of an accident or a breakdown>>

Dea

lingwithacciden

tsan

dbreak

dow

ns.

X Place wheel chocks or other suitable itemsin front of the wheels of the front and rearaxle.

Using the reflective safety jacket

Notes on reflective safety jackets

: Maximum number of washes; Maximum wash temperature= Do not bleach? Do not ironA Do not use a tumble dryerB Do not dry-cleanC This is a class 2 jacket

The reflective safety jacket only meets therequirements defined by the legal standardif it is the right size and fully closed when inuse.Replace the reflective safety jacket:

Rif it is damaged or there is irremovable dirton the reflective stripesRif you exceed the maximum number ofwashesRif the fluorescence has faded

Removing the reflective safety jacket

The reflective safety jacket is located instowage compartment : of the front-passenger door. Reflective safety jackets canalso be stored in the stowage compartmentsin the rear doors.

X To remove: take out the safety jacket bagcontaining the reflective safety jacket.

X Open the safety jacket bag and take out thereflective safety jacket.

X To stow: fold the reflective safety jacket,roll it up and stow it in the safety jacketbag.

X Replace the safety jacket bag in stowagecompartment :.

Removing the vehicle tool tray

The towing eye and the TIREFIT kit are loca-ted in the vehicle tool tray under the glovebox.

X Remove bolts in the front-passenger foot-well.

X Remove the vehicle tool tray.

Removing the vehicle tool tray 165

>>Dea

lingwithacciden

tsan

dbreak

dow

ns.

Sealing tires using the TIREFIT kit

Useful information

The tire sealant is pumped into the tire.TIREFIT is a tire sealant. TIREFIT is used toseal punctures of up to 0.16 in (4 mm), par-ticularly those in the tire tread, at outsidetemperatures of up to Ò4 ‡ (Ò20†).

i The tire inflation compressor weighsapproximately 1.54 lbs (0.7 kg).

At a distance of approximately 23.6 in (60 cm)from the tire inflation compressor, the fol-lowing sound pressure level applies:

RX-axis: 82.9 dB (A)RY-axis: 84.3 dB (A)RZ-axis: 84.1 dB (A)The tire inflation compressor is mainte-nance-free. If there is a malfunction, contacta qualified specialist workshop.

Please note

G WARNING

In the following situations, the tire sealantis unable to provide sufficient breakdownassistance, as it is unable to seal the tireproperly:

Rthere are cuts or punctures in the tirelarger than those mentioned above.

Rthe wheel rim is damaged.

Ryou have driven at very low tire pres-sures or on a flat tire.


Do not drive the vehicle. Contact a quali-fied specialist workshop.

G WARNING

The tire sealant is harmful and causes irri-tation. It must not come into contact withyour skin, eyes or clothing or be swal-lowed. Do not inhale TIREFIT fumes. Keeptire sealant away from children. There is arisk of injury.

If you come into contact with the tire seal-ant, observe the following:

RRinse off the tire sealant from your skinimmediately with water.

RIf the tire sealant comes into contactwith your eyes, immediately rinse themthoroughly with clean water.

RIf tire sealant is swallowed, immediatelyrinse your mouth out thoroughly anddrink plenty of water. Do not inducevomiting, and seek medical attentionimmediately.

RImmediately change out of clothingwhich has come into contact with tiresealant.

RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek med-ical attention immediately.

G WARNING

A tire temporarily sealed with tire sealantimpairs the driving characteristics and isnot suitable for higher speeds. There is arisk of accident.

You should therefore adapt your drivingstyle accordingly and drive carefully. Donot exceed the specified maximum speedwith a tire that has been repaired usingtire sealant.

The maximum permissible speed for a tiresealed with tire sealant is 50 mph (80 km/h).

! After use, excess tire sealant may run outof the filler hose. This could cause stains.Therefore, place the filler hose in the plas-tic bag that contained the TIREFIT kit.


Have the used tire sealant bottle disposedof professionally, e.g. at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Comply with the manufacturer's safetyinstructions on the sticker on the tire infla-tion compressor.

166 Sealing tires using the TIREFIT kit>>

Dea

lingwithacciden

tsan

dbreak

dow

ns.

Filling with tire sealant

X Leave foreign bodies which have penetra-ted the tire in the tire.

X Remove the vehicle tool tray.X Remove the TIREFIT kit, consisting of a tiresealant bottle and a tire inflation com-pressor, from the vehicle tool kit.

X Affix the 50 mph (80 km/h) maximum speedsticker to the instrument cluster withinthe driver's field of vision.

X Unwind plug : with the cable from tireinflation compressor ;.

X Remove hoseA from the bottom section oftire inflation compressor ;.

X Unscrew the cap from tire sealant bot-tle ?.

X Connect hose A.

X Remove valve flap from valve E on thedefective tire.

X Unscrew cap from filler hose =.X Screw filler hose = onto valve E.X Insert connector : into the 12 V socket.X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in theignition lock.

X Press on/off switch B on tire inflationcompressor ; to position 1.The tire sealant is pumped into the tire.The pressure may briefly rise to approx-imately 600 kPa (6.0 bar/86 psi) in pressuregauge C.

i Preventing damage to the tire inflationcompressorDo not switch off the tire inflation com-pressor during this phase.

X Let the tire inflation compressor run for amaximum of 15 minutes, then allow it tocool down.

The tire pressure must be at least 180 kPa(1.8 bar/26 psi) in pressure gauge C.Allow any leaked tire sealant to dry. It canthen be removed like a layer of film.Have any clothing stained with tire sealantcleaned as soon as possible with perchloro-ethylene.

Furtherprocedure if thepressureof thesealed tire is below 180 kPa

G WARNING

If the specified tire pressure is notreached, the tire is too severely damaged.The tire sealant cannot offer assistancewith a flat tire in this case. Damaged tiresas well as tire pressure that is too low canimpair the braking and driving character-istics. There is a risk of an accident.

Do not drive any further. Notify a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

X Switch off the tire inflation compressor.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve ofthe defective tire.Please note that tire sealant may escapewhen unscrewing.

X Slowly move the vehicle approximately30 ft (10 m) forward or back.

X Pump up the tire again.After a maximum of 15 minutes, the tirepressure must be at least 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi).

Sealing tires using the TIREFIT kit 167

>>Dea

lingwithacciden

tsan

dbreak

dow

ns.

Z

Furtherprocedure if thepressureof thesealed tire is at least 180 kPa

X Switch off the tire inflation compressor.X Unscrew the hose from the valve of thedefective tire.Please note that tire sealant may escapewhen unscrewing.

X Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tireinflation compressor.

X Perform a test drive.The maximum permissible speed for a tiresealed with tire sealant is 50 mph(80 km/h).

X Stop driving after approximately 2 miles(3 km) and check the tire pressure with thetire inflation compressor.The tire pressure must now be at least130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). The precise valuesare located on the door pillar (B-pillar) onthe driver's side.

X If necessary, adjust the tire pressure.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve onthe sealed tire.Please note that tire sealant may escapewhen unscrewing.

X Screw the valve cap onto the valve of thesealed tire.

X Pull the tire sealant bottle out of the tireinflation compressor. The filler hose stayson the tire sealant bottle.

X Drive to the nearest qualified specialistworkshop and have the tire changed there.

X Have the tire sealant bottle and filler hosereplaced as soon as possible at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Adjusting the tire pressure

Increasing the tire pressure

X Switch on the tire inflation compressor.X Observe the display.

Reducing the tire pressure

X Press button: next to pressure gauge;.

i Even unused tire sealant loses its effec-tiveness over time.Have the tire sealant bottle replaced everyfour years at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Towing the vehicle

Please note

G WARNING

Functions relevant to safety are restrictedor no longer available if:

Rthe ignition is switched off

Rthebrake systemor thepower steering ismalfunctioning

Rthere is a malfunction in the power sup-ply or the vehicle's electrical system

If your vehicle is being towed, much moreforce may be necessary to steer or brake.There is a risk of an accident.

In such cases, use a tow bar. Before towing,make sure that the steering moves freely.

G WARNING

You can no longer steer the vehicle if thesteering wheel lock has been engaged.There is a risk of an accident.

Always switch off the ignition when tow-ing the vehicle with a tow cable or a towbar.

168 Towing the vehicle>>

Dea

lingwithacciden

tsan

dbreak

dow

ns.

G WARNING

When towing or tow-starting anothervehicle and its weight is greater than thepermissible gross weight of your vehicle,the:

Rthe towing eye could detach itself

Rthe vehicle/trailer combination couldrollover.


When towing or tow-starting anothervehicle, its weight should not be greaterthan the permissible gross weight of yourvehicle.

Information on the vehicle's permissiblegross mass can be found on the vehicle iden-tification plate (Y page 196).

! Observe the following points when tow-ing with a tow rope:

RAs far as possible, secure the tow rope onthe same side on both vehicles.RMake sure that the tow rope is not longerthan legally permitted. Mark the towrope in themiddle, e.g.with awhite cloth(11.8 x 11.8 in). This will make other roadusers aware that a vehicle is beingtowed.ROnly secure the tow rope to the towingeyes.RObserve the brake lamps of the towingvehicle while driving. Always maintaina distance so that the tow rope does notsag.RDo not use steel cables or chains to towyour vehicle. You could otherwise dam-age the vehicle.

! Do not use the towing eyes for recoverypurposes as this could damage the vehicle.If in doubt, recover the vehicle with acrane.

! When towing, pull away slowly andsmoothly. If the tractive power is too high,the vehicles could be damaged.

! Do not tow with sling-type equipment.This could damage the vehicle.

! You may tow the vehicle for a maximumdistance of 30 miles (50 kilometers). A tow-

ing speed of 30 mph (50 km/h) must not beexceeded.For towing distances over 30 miles(50 kilometers), the entire vehicle must beraised and transported.

Observe the legal requirements for the rele-vant countries when towing.Always have the vehicle transported in thefollowing cases:

RThe warning lamp lights up and DoNot Tow Vehicle with Wheels on Groundappears in the display of the instrumentcluster.RThe multifunction display is not working.ROne ofmore of the followingwarning lampsis lit up:- þ drive diagnostics (red)- # 12 V batteryRThe brake pedal begins to pulsate as thetowing procedure commences.RThe vehiclemust bemoved over a long dis-tance.

The transmission must be in position iwhen the vehicle is being towed.

i Before the vehicle is towed, switch off theautomatic locking feature. The drivercould otherwise be locked out when push-ing or towing the vehicle.

i Vehicles with the basic carrier installed:Do not tow the vehicle with the basic car-rier installed.Do not secure the tow rope or tow bar to thebasic carrier.

Observe the notes on the selector lever whentowing the vehicle.

Towing the vehicle 169

>>Dea

lingwithacciden

tsan

dbreak

dow

ns.

Z

Installing the towing eye

The towing eye canbe attached to the front orrear of the vehicle.

X Remove the towing eye from the vehicletool tray.

X Carefully lever off cover: on the vehicle.X Screw in the towing eye to the stop.

Towing a vehicle with both axles on theground

X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in theignition lock.

X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Shift the automatic transmission to posi-tion i.The selector lever lock can be manuallyreleased in the event of an electrical mal-function.

X Release the brake pedal.X Release the parking brake.X Switch on the hazard warning lights.

Transporting the vehicle

! Only secure the vehicle by the wheels orrims, not byparts of the vehicle suchas theaxle or steering components. Otherwisethe vehicle could be damaged.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in theignition lock. Shift the transmission toposition i.

As soon as the vehicle has been loaded:

X Apply the parking brake.X Shift the transmission to position j.X Remove the SmartKey.X Lash down the vehicle.

Removing the towing eye

X Loosen the towing eye and unscrew it.X Attach the cover to the recess at the topand engage it at the bottom.

X Stow the towing eye in the vehicle tooltray.

Manually releasing the selector leverlock

In cases of an electrical malfunction theselector lever lock can be manually deacti-vated, e.g. if the parking lock has been deac-tivated for towing and should subsequentlybe re-applied.

! Do not use any sharp-edged objects topry out the cover from the center console.Otherwise, the cover or the center consolecould be damaged.

170 Manually releasing the selector lever lock>>

Dea

lingwithacciden

tsan

dbreak

dow

ns.

X Apply the parking brake.X Open the drawer on the front-passengerside.

X Lever off cover : on the center consolefrom bottom edge ; using a flat, bluntobject.

X Pull cover: in the direction of the arrow.

X Pull yellow release = behind the trim upand simultaneously press release but-ton ? on the selector lever.

X Shift the gear selector lever to positionior j.

Replacing the bulbs

Please note

G WARNING

Bulbs, lamps and connectors can get veryhot when operating. If you change a bulb,you could burn yourself on these compo-nents. There is a risk of injury.

Allow these components to cool downbefore changing a bulb.

Observe the following rules when changingbulbs:

Ronly replace bulbs when the engine isswitched off.Rdo not use bulbs that have been dropped orshow signs of visible damage, e.g.scratches.Rdo not touch the glass bulb with your barehands.Ronly use bulbs in enclosed lamps designedfor that purpose.

Ronly install spare bulbs of the same typeand with a specified voltage.Rdo not allow bulbs to come into contactwith moisture.Rhave LEDs changed at qualified specialistworkshops only.

Change only thebulbsdescribedbelowyour-self in accordance with the specified bulbtypes.

Replacing front bulbs

Replacing low-beam headlamps andhigh-beam headlamps

X Switch off lights.X Open the service cover.X Remove cover :.X Pull out the connector.X Press retainer ; inwards and to the left.X Pull the bulb out.X Insert the new bulb.X Lock retainer ;.X Insert the connector.X Replace and engage cap :.

Replacing the bulbs 171

>>Dea

lingwithacciden

tsan

dbreak

dow

ns.

Z

Replacing the front turn signal lamps

X Switch off lights.X Turn the respective front wheel inward.X Push clamp : down.X Remove cover ; up.X Turn the bulb holder counter-clockwiseand remove it.

X Remove the bulb from the bulb holder.X Insert the new bulb.X Insert the bulb holder and turn it clock-wise until it engages.

X Insert and engage cover ;.

Replacing the side turn signal lamps

X Carefully insert a flat tool into recess :.X Lever off side turn signal ;.X Unscrew the bulb from the bulb holder.X Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder.X Re-install side turn signal ;.

Replacing rear bulbs

Changing the tail lamp bulbs

Tail lamps without partial LEDs

: Tail lamp, brake lamp and side markerlamp

; Rear fog lamp= Backup lamp? Turn signals

Tail lamps with partial LEDs

: Turn signals; Backup lamp

Removing the tail lamp cover

172 Replacing the bulbs>>

Dea

lingwithacciden

tsan

dbreak

dow

ns.

X Switch off lights.X smart fortwo coupe: open the upper andlower tailgate.

X smart fortwo cabrio: open the lower tail-gate.

X smart fortwo cabrio: fold the rear soft topup.

X Loosen screws :.X Remove the tail lamp.X Carefully insert a flat tool under the plas-tic hanger on the tail lamp.

X Lift the connector and remove it.

Replacing a defective tail lamp bulb

: Tail lamp, brake lamp and side markerlamp (vehicles without partial LEDs)

; Turn signals= Backup lamp? Rear fog lamp (vehicles without partial

LEDs)

X Release four tabs A on the bulb holder.X Remove the bulb holder.X Pull the defective bulb out.X Insert the new bulb.X Re-install the bulb holder.X Insert the connector.X Insert the tail lamp until you hear itengage.

X Tighten the screws on the tail lamp.

Replacing the license plate lamp

X Insert a flat tool into recess :.X Remove the cover from the license platelamp.

X Remove the bulb from the holder.X Insert the new bulb into the holder.X Insert the lamp lens into the license platelamp.

Replacing the interior lighting

X Insert a flat tool into the recess.X Lever off lamp lens :.X Remove the bulb from the holder.X Insert the new bulb into the holder.X Re-install the lamp lens.

Changing fuses

Please note

G WARNING

If youmanipulate or bridge a faulty fuse orif you replace it with a fuse with a higher

Changing fuses 173

>>Dea

lingwithacciden

tsan

dbreak

dow

ns.

Z

amperage, the electric cables could beoverloaded. This could result in a fire.There is a risk of an accident and injury.

Always replace faulty fuses with thespecified new fuses having the correctamperage.

! Only use fuses that have been approvedfor smart vehicles andwhich have the cor-rect fuse rating for the system concerned.Otherwise, components or systems couldbe damaged.

! Make sure that no moisture can enter thefuse box when the cover is open.

The electrical fuses disconnect defective cir-cuits. If a fuse blows, all the connected com-ponents and their functions will fail.Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses ofthe same rating, which you can recognize bythe color and value. The fuse ratings are lis-ted in the fuse allocation chart (Y page 200).If new fuses blow, the cause for this must bediagnosed and rectified at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.Certain vehicle functions are protected viathe fuse box in the front area. Access to thefuses is very restricted. Have a blown fuse inthe front area replaced at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Preparing the vehicle to change a fuse

X Apply the parking brake.X Switch off all electrical consumers.X Turn the SmartKey to position u in theignition lock and remove it.

X Check whether all indicator lamps in theinstrument cluster are off.

Changing a fuse (left-hand drive vehi-cle)

! Do not use a pointed object such as ascrewdriver to open the cover in the dash-board. You could damage the dashboard orthe cover.

X Open the front-passenger door.X Open the glove box.X To open: open cover : in the direction ofthe arrow.

X Replace the defective fuse.X To close: insert and fold in cover: until itengages.

X Close the glove box.

Replacing the SmartKey battery

G WARNING

Batteries contain toxic and corrosive sub-stances. If batteries are swallowed, it canresult in severe health problems. There is arisk of fatal injury.

Keep batteries out of the reach of children.If a battery is swallowed, seek medicalattention immediately.

X Insert a flat tool, e.g. a coin, into the recess.X Turn the tool until the cover of batterytray : opens.

174 Replacing the SmartKey battery>>

Dea

lingwithacciden

tsan

dbreak

dow

ns.

X Replace battery ; with the positive ter-minal facing upwards.

X Replace the cover on the battery tray andpush it closed.

X Check the functionof all SmartKeybuttons.

SmartKey batteries contain perchloratematerial, which may require special han-dling and regard for the environment. Checkwith you local government's disposal guide-lines. California residents, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm.

Opening a door with the emergencyrelease

If the vehicle cannot be opened using theremote control key, the vehicle canbe openedusing the emergency release.If the driver's door is unlocked and openedwith the SmartKey in the emergency release,the anti-theft alarm system will issue analarm. To disable the alarm, switch on theignition.

X Carefully remove the cover from the emer-gency release.

X Insert the SmartKey into the emergencyrelease on the driver's door.

X Turn the SmartKey counter-clockwise.X Remove the SmartKey from the lock.X Push the cover into the emergency releaseuntil it engages.

X Open the door.X To disable the alarm from the anti-theftalarm system: switch on the ignition.

Locking the doors in an emergency

Locking thedoorswith the lockingbut-ton

X Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

X Open the driver’s door.X Close the other doors and the tailgate.X Press and hold button:. An audible lock-ing and unlocking sound can be heard.Wait until the third (locking) sound, beforereleasing button :.

X Leave the vehicle and close the driver'sdoor.The doors, tailgate and socket cap arelocked. The anti-theft alarm system isarmed.

X From the outside, check that the doors,tailgate and socket cap are locked.

Locking the doors in an emergency 175

>>Dea

lingwithacciden

tsan

dbreak

dow

ns.

Z

Locking the doors with the emergencylocking

X Insert the SmartKey into slot: on the leftdoor.

X Turn the SmartKey towards the hood as faras it will go to position 2.

X Close the left door.X Repeat the procedure described above onthe right door.

X Check that the doors are locked.

i If you lock the vehicle using the emer-gency locking, the tailgate and fuel fillerflap are not locked. The anti-theft alarmsystem is not armed.

176 Locking the doors in an emergency>>

Dea

lingwithacciden

tsan

dbreak

dow

ns.

Notes on display messages

The display shows warnings, malfunctionsor additional information. A warning tonealso sounds with some display messages.Messages from all categories can containimportant information that must beobserved. Have errormessages checked at anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon aspossible. If an error message is not followedupwith a repair, this can lead to damage thatis not covered by the Mercedes-Benz LimitedWarranty including injuries or materialdamage.

Displaymessages with graphic symbols maybe simplified in the Operator's Manual andmay differ from the symbols shown in thedisplay.Low-priority display messages can be hid-den by pressinga on the steering wheel.High-priority messages are shown in red.The display messages are then stored in themessage memory and can be called up for aslong as the ignition remains switched on.Switching off the ignition clears themessagememory.

Locking and unlocking

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

SmartKey will not lockor unlock the vehicle.

A strong source of radio waves is interfering with the signal.

X Stand closer to the door lock and try to lock/unlock the vehicleagain.

SmartKey battery is low or discharged.

X Unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey in the emergency releaseor lock the vehicle with emergency locking.

X Replace the SmartKey battery.

SmartKey is malfunctioning.To lock:

X Press the locking button and close the doorwithin five seconds.

The vehicle still will not lock.

X Lock driver's door using emergency locking.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

To unlock:

X Unlock vehicle with the SmartKey in the emergency release.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

SmartKey is lost. X Have the SmartKey deactivated or replaced at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

X Report loss of the SmartKey to vehicle insurer.

Remove Key appears.Warning tone sounds.

The SmartKey is in the ignition lock.

X Remove the SmartKey.

Locking and unlocking 177

>>Practicala

dvice.


Warning tone sounds. Driver's door is opened while the engine is running.

Switch off the engine before leaving the vehicle:

X Apply the parking brake.X Select transmission position j.X Turn the SmartKey to position u in the ignition lock andremove it.

Side window will notclose orwill not open orclose fully.

Objects are obstructing the window guide.

X Remove objects.

Side window is not reset.

G WARNING

While closing the side windows, body parts in the closing areacould become trapped. There is a risk of injury.

When closing make sure that no parts of the body are in theclosing area. If somebody becomes trapped, release the switchor press the switch to open the side window again.

X Close all the doors.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock.X Pull the switch for closing the window until the window isclosed, and then push the switch for one second.

The side window opens again a little way.

X Repeat previous step until the window remains closed afterreleasing the switch.

CRedwarning lampis lit.If the speed exceeds12 mph (20 km/h), awarning tone alsosounds.The display shows anopen door/tailgate.

Door or tailgate is open.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Close all doors and the tailgate.

178 Locking and unlocking>>

Practicala

dvice.

Vision, vehicle occupants, air bag


Exterior mirror is notengaged.

The exterior mirror has been moved forward or back by force.

X Carefully move exterior mirror to the correct position.

Windshield wiper ismalfunctioning.

Windshield wiper is obstructed, e.g. by snow.


X Remove SmartKey from ignition lock.X Remove the cause of the obstruction.X Switch the windshield wipers on again after 30 seconds.

Windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning.

X Select another wiper speed on the combination switch.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Windshield wiper willnot stop or alwayswipes at the samespeed.

Combination switch or rain sensor is malfunctioning.


X Remove SmartKey from ignition lock.

X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock, turn it to position1and start the engine.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The red 7 warninglamp lights up for 6seconds after startingthe engine.Warning tone sounds.

Warning lamp prompts driver and front passenger to fasten theirseat belts.

X Fasten seat belts.

7Redwarning lamplights up after startingthe engine.

Driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt.


7Redwarning lampflashes.Warning tone sounds.

The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt andthe vehicle is traveling faster than 12 mph (20 km/h).


Vision, vehicle occupants, air bag 179

>>Practicala

dvice.

Z


6Redwarning lamplights up while theengine is running.Malfunction VisitWorkshop appears.

Restraint system is malfunctioning.

G WARNING

If the restraint system is malfunctioning, restraint systemcomponents may be triggered unintentionally or may notdeploy as intended during an accident. This can affect forexample the Emergency Tensioning Device or the air bag. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury.

Have the restraint system checked and repaired in a qualifiedspecialist workshop as soon as possible.

4 Indicator lamp onthe overhead controlpanel lights up.

The front-passenger front air bag has been deactivated(Y page 41).

X Enable the front-passenger front air bag.

Front-passenger front air bag has not been deactivated and ismalfunctioning.

X Do not use a rearward-facing child restraint system on front-passenger seat.

X Do not allow passengers to travel on the front-passenger seat.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

× Indicator lamp onthe overhead controlpanel lights up.

Front-passenger front air bag is enabled (Y page 41). The air bagsystem is operating correctly.

X Do not use a rearward-facing child restraint system on front-passenger seat.

The × indicatorlamp on the overheadcontrol panel does notlight up if the front-passenger front air baghas been enabledman-ually.

Malfunction in the air bag system.

X Do not allow passengers to travel on the front-passenger seat.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

180 Vision, vehicle occupants, air bag>>

Practicala

dvice.

Engine, brakes, transmission


Engine will not startusing the SmartKey.

Steering lock is manually locked.

X Remove SmartKey from ignition lock and then reinsert it intothe ignition lock.

X Turn the SmartKey.X Turn steering wheel left and right.

þRedwarning lamplights up.Warning tone sounds.Without StartingMotor Again, VisitWorkshop appears.

Serious malfunction in the high-voltage electrical system.The engine can no longer be started.

X Do not restart the engine.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

þRedwarning lamplights up.Stop Switch OffMotor appears.

High-voltage electrical system, engine orhigh-voltagebattery ismalfunctioning.

X Switch off the engine.X Do not drive on.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.X Do not tow away the vehicle on its own wheels.

þRedwarning lamplights up.Warning tone sounds.Stop appears.

Communication with the engine's control unit is disrupted.


þ Yellow warninglamp lights up.Warning tone sounds.Malfunction VisitWorkshop appears.

Malfunction in the high-voltage electrical system. The vehicle'shigh-voltage electrical system may become damaged if you con-tinue running the engine.


þRedwarning lamplights up.Warning tone sounds.Reduce Speed appears.

Speed of the vehicle is above 84 mph (135 km/h).

X Reduce speed to below 84 mph (135 km/h).

lights up.Do Not Tow Vehiclewith Wheels onGround appears.

Drive system or high-voltage electrical system is malfunction-ing.

X Have the vehicle transported by a qualified specialist work-shop.

X Do not tow away the vehicle on its own wheels.

Engine, brakes, transmission 181

>>Practicala

dvice.

Z


$ (USA only) orJ (Canada only) Redwarning lamp lights upwhile the engine isrunning.Warning tone sounds.Check Brake FluidLevel appears.

Brake fluid level is too low.

G WARNING

If the brake fluid level is too low, the brake system may fail.There is a risk of an accident.

Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions. Secure the vehicle using the parking brake.Do not drive any further. Consult a qualified specialist work-shop immediately and have the brake system repaired.

Do not add brake fluid. This does not correct the malfunction.


$ (USA only) orJ (Canada only) Redwarning lamp lights upwhile driving.Warning tone sounds.Release ParkingBrake appears.

Parking brake is applied.

X Release the parking brake.

$ (USA only) orJ (Canada only) Redwarning lamp lights upwhile the engine isrunning.Warning tone sounds.Brake System Mal‐function Stopappears.

Serious malfunction in the brake system.


J Yellow warninglamp lights up.Malfunction VisitWorkshop appears.

Malfunction in the vacuum supply of the brake system.


182 Engine, brakes, transmission>>

Practicala

dvice.


Transmission Not inP Risk of VehicleRolling Away appears.Warning tone sounds.

The driver's door is open and the selector lever is in positionk,i or h.

G WARNING

The vehicle may roll away.There is a risk of an accident.

X Select position j.X Switch off the engine.X Close the driver's door completely.

¯ or ° warninglamp flashes for a fewseconds after startingthe engine.Next Service in … kmor Service Due …Days Ago appears.

A service due date is approaching or has already passed:

R¯ indicates a minor service.R° indicates a full service.


Charging process


The charge socket flapcannot be opened.

The charge socket flap is not unlocked.

X Press the # button on the SmartKey.

The SmartKey batteries are discharged.

X Opening a door with the emergency release

The charging cablecannot be plugged intothe vehicle socket.

The vehicle socket is locked.

X Make sure that the gear lever is in position j.

The indicator lamp onthe vehicle socketflashes red. The high-voltage battery is notbeing charged.

A malfunction occurred while initializing the charging process.

X Make sure that the charging cable is plugged into the mainssocket.

X Disconnect the charging cable connector from the vehiclesocket and plug it back into the vehicle socket after 30 seconds.

X If the malfunction should persist, inform a qualified specialistworkshop.

Charging process 183

>>Practicala

dvice.

Z


The indicator lamp onthe vehicle socketremains off after thecharging cable con-nector has been con-nected to the vehiclesocket. When chargingusing a mains socket,the high-voltage bat-tery is not charged.

There is a malfunction at the mains socket.

X Have the mains socket checked to ensure that it is workingcorrectly.

orX Use a different mains socket.

è lights up.Warning tone sounds.Charger Cable Con‐nected appears.

The charging cable is plugged into the vehicle socket. The enginecannot be started.

X Before driving off, disconnect the charging cable from thevehicle socket and stow it away in the vehicle.

è flashes.Charging Cable notInserted Correctlyappears.

The charge cable is connected to the vehicle socket. The battery isnot being charged.

X Make sure that the charge cable is correctly plugged into thesockets on the vehicle and power connection. If necessary, dis-connect the charge cable from the sockets and then reconnectit.

If the message continues to be displayed:


Charging Not Possi‐ble Power Interrup‐ted appears.

The high-voltage battery cannot be charged. The charge currentwas interrupted during the charging process.

X Make sure that the charging cable is plugged into the mainssocket.

X Disconnect the charging cable connector from the vehiclesocket and plug it back into the vehicle socket after 30 seconds.



Charging Not Possi‐ble s. Operator'sManual appears.

Communication with the charging point infrastructure is notfunctioning correctly.

X Make sure that the charge cable is correctly plugged into thesockets on the vehicle and power connection. If necessary, dis-connect the charge cable from the sockets and then reconnectit.


X Use a different charging station.



184 Charging process>>

Practicala

dvice.


þ Yellow warninglamp lights up.Charging Not Possi‐ble Visit Workshopappears.

The vehicle electronics are malfunctioning. The high-voltagebattery cannot be charged.


þ Yellow warninglamp lights up.Charging Not Possi‐ble s. Operator'sManual appears.

The high-voltage battery cannot be charged. The charging cableconnector is overheated.

X Remove the charging cable connector from the vehicle socket.X Allow the charging cable connector to cool off for severalminutes.

X Plug the charging cable back into the vehicle socket.



The indicator lamp onthe vehicle socket doesnot light up. The high-voltage battery is notbeing charged.

The vehicle is inactive.

X Activate the vehicle by pressing the# button on the SmartKeyand lock it again.

The charging cablecannot be removed.

The vehicle is in chargingmode or has completed active charging.

X Unlock the charging lock by pressing the # button on theSmartKey.

Charging process 185

>>Practicala

dvice.

Z

Driving safety systems


ò (USA only)or ! (Canada only)Yellow warning lamplights up.System Inoperativeappears.

ABS is malfunctioning. Other driving systems may be deactiva-ted.If ABS is malfunctioning, there is also a possibility that otherdriving systems may be unavailable.Observe the information on the ABS warning lamp and displaymessages which may be shown in the instrument cluster.

G WARNING

If ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock when braking. The steer-ability and braking characteristics may be severely impaired.Additionally, further driving safety systems are deactivated.There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents.

Drive on carefully. HaveABS checked immediately at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

When ABS is malfunctioning, other systems, including drivingsafety systems, will also become inoperative. Observe the infor-mation on the ABS warning lamp and display messages whichmay be shown in the instrument cluster.


X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

$ (USA only) orJ (Canada only) Redwarning lamp lights upwhile the engine isrunning.Warning tone sounds.Brake Force Distri‐bution InoperativeStop See Operator'sManual appears.

EBD is malfunctioning. This means that ABS, ESP®, CrosswindAssist and Hill start assist are also unavailable.Other driving systems may be deactivated.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, butwithout thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock early ifyou brake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severelyaffected. The braking distance may increase in emergency brak-ing situations.

If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.


X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

186 Driving safety systems>>

Practicala

dvice.


÷ Yellow warninglamp lights up.System Inoperativeappears.

ESP® is not available due to a malfunction. Other driving systemsmay be deactivated.

G WARNING

If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehi-cle. Additionally, further driving safety systems are deactiva-ted. This increases the risk of skidding and an accident.

Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Brake lampsmaybe inoperative and thus no longerworkingwhenbraking.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions. Do not drive on.

X Check that the brake lamps are working.

The brake lamps are not working.


Brake lamps are working.

X Drive on carefully.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

÷ Yellow warninglamp lights up.Brake Assist System(BAS) Inoperativeappears.

The Brake Assist System (BAS) is inoperative.


÷ Yellow warninglamp flashes whiledriving.

ESP® is intervening because there is a risk of skidding or at leastone of the wheels is spinning.

X Pull away carefully.X Accelerate carefully whilst driving.X Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather condi-tions.

÷ and C as wellas otherwarning lampsare lit.Electronics Mal‐function Visit Work‐shop appears.

Central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning.After switching off the engine, it is no longer possible to lock orunlock the doors using the remote control on the SmartKey or tostart the engine.



Driving safety systems 187

>>Practicala

dvice.

Z


÷ Hill StartAssist Inoperativeappears.

Hill start assist is malfunctioning. Vehicle will not be held auto-matically when pulling away uphill and may start rolling imme-diately.

G WARNING

If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehi-cle. Additionally, further driving safety systems are deactiva-ted. This increases the risk of skidding and an accident.

Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Other driving systems may be deactivated.

The brake system functions normally, but without hill startassist.


h Yellow warninglamp lights up whiledriving.Correct Tire Pres‐sure appears.

The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires, or the tirepressure difference between the wheels is too great.

X Check the tire pressure.X Correct the tire pressure.X Restart the tire pressure monitor.


Practicala

dvice.


h Yellow warninglamp lights up whiledriving.Tire Pressure Warn‐ing Tire Failureappears.

The tire pressure monitor has detected a significant loss of pres-sure in at least one of the tires.

G WARNING

Underinflated or overinflated tires pose the following risks:

Rthe tires may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speedincrease.

Rthe tires may wear excessively and/or unevenly, which maygreatly impair tire traction.

Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steering and braking,may be greatly impaired.


Observe the recommended tire pressure and check the tirepressure of all the tires:

Rat least every two weeks

Rif the load changes

Rbefore beginning a long journey

Rfor changed operating conditions, e.g. off-road driving

If necessary, correct the tire pressure.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.X Check the tires visually and, if necessary, follow the instruc-tions for flat tires.

X Check the tire pressure and correct it if necessary.

h Yellow warninglamp flashes forapproximately oneminute and then stayslit.Tire Pressure Moni‐tor Inoperativeappears.

The tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning or was not restartedafter a wheel change.

G WARNING

If you correct the tire pressure without recalibrating the RunFlat Indicator, the system cannot issue a warning about adefective tire in time. In the event of tire pressure loss, thedriving characteristics and the steering and braking may begreatly impaired. There is a risk of an accident.

If you correct the tire pressure, you must recalibrate the RunFlat Indicator.

X Restart the tire pressure monitor.

The display message continues to be displayed.


Driving safety systems 189

>>Practicala

dvice.

Z


h Yellow warninglamp flashes forapproximately60 seconds and thenremains lit.Tire Pressure Moni‐tor InoperativeWheel Sensors Miss‐ing appears.

There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or morewheels.

G WARNING

Risk of accident due to undetected tire pressure losses. The sys-tem is possibly unable to recognize or register low tire pressure.


Wheels have unsuitable tire pressure sensors.

X Mount wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors.

$ (USA only) orJ (Canada only) Redwarning lamp lightsup.÷, ! Yellowwarning lamps light upwhile the engine isrunning.Warning tone sounds.Electronics Mal‐function Stop SeeOperator's Manualappears.

The following systems are malfunctioning:

RABS (Anti-lock Braking System)RESP® (Electronic Stability Program)RCrosswind AssistRHill start assistOther driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The risk of skidding and having an accident increases due tomalfunctioning driving safety systems.The brake system functions normally, but without the systemslisted. The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard,for example.This will greatly impair the ability to steer and brake. The brak-ing distance may increase in emergency braking situations.



D Yellow warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.Power Steering Mal‐function See Opera‐tor's ManualorElectronics Mal‐function See Opera‐tor's Manual appears.

Power assistance may be malfunctioning, making steering diffi-cult.

G WARNING

You will need to use more force to steer.There is a risk of an accident.

X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required.

If you are able to steer safely:

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

If you are unable to steer safely:

X Do not drive on.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.


Practicala

dvice.

Driver assistance systems


·Redwarning lampis lit.Warning tone sounds.

Forward collision warning detects an obstacle on the road.

X Pay careful attention to the road and traffic conditions and beready to brake.

^ Yellow warninglamp lights up whiledriving.Distance WarningInoperative or Elec‐tronics MalfunctionVisit Workshopappears.

The sensors in the radiator trim are dirty.

X Clean the sensors.

Environmental influences or error sources outside the system aretemporarily interfering with the forward collision warning. Pos-sible causes are:

Rheavy rain or snowRoperating temperature is too highRon-board voltage is too lowForward collision warning is operational again when the causeslisted no longer apply.

Warning lamp remains lit.


X Clean the sensors.X Restart the engine.

Warning lamp still remains lit.


^ and C as wellas otherwarning lampsare lit.

Central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning.After switching off the engine, it is no longer possible to lock orunlock the doors using the remote control on the SmartKey or tostart the engine.



Driver assistance systems 191

>>Practicala

dvice.

Z


¯ flashes forapproximately ten sec-onds.Warning tone sounds.¯ Cruise ControlInoperative appears.

Cruise control is malfunctioning and deactivates automatically.


¯ flashes forapproximately ten sec-onds. C and otherwarning lamps are alsolit.Warning tone sounds.Electronics Mal‐function Visit Work‐shop appears.

Central vehicle electronics system and cruise control are mal-functioning. After switching off the engine, it is no longer pos-sible to lock or unlock the doors using the remote control on theSmartKey or to start the engine.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention toroad and traffic conditions.


Battery, lights, heating


The rear windowdefroster or seat heat-ing switches off auto-matically or cannot beswitched on.

Battery is not sufficiently charged.

X Switch off electrical consumers that are not required.

Ý Yellow warninglamp lights up.Battery ReserveLevel appears.

The condition of charge of the high-voltage battery has droppedinto the reserve range.

X Charge the high-voltage battery.

õ Display flashes.The vehicle hasswitched itself off.Battery charge toolow Charge HV Bat‐tery Now appears.

The vehicle has switched itself off because the condition ofcharge of the high-voltage battery is too low. After restarting thevehicle, depending on the condition of charge of the high-voltagebattery, the vehicle can only drive on a maximum of 1 km.

X Park the vehicle paying attention to road and traffic condi-tions.

X Charge the high-voltage battery.

192 Battery, lights, heating>>

Practicala

dvice.


#Redwarning lamplights up when drivingor when the vehicle isready to start.Warning tone sounds.Stop See Operator'sManual appears.

12 V battery is not being charged or the high-voltage battery ismalfunctioning.

X Do not drive on.The engine may switch itself off after a short while.


X Switch off the engine.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.It may not be possible to drive the vehicle further and it maynot be possible to restart the engine.

# Warning lamplights up.Malfunction VisitWorkshop appears.

Battery monitoring is malfunctioning.


b Warning lamplights up.Malfunction SeeOperator's Manualappears.

Low beam is on continuously. High beam cannot be activated.

X Switch off the engine.X Restart the engine.

Warning lamp remains lit.Rain/light sensor is malfunctioning.

X Manually adjust exterior lighting.X Manually adjust the windshield wipers.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

b Warning lamplights up.Brake Lamps Inoper‐ative appears.

Brake lamps are inoperative. The bulb or LED is defective.

G WARNING

Risk of accident due to faulty brake lamps.The brake lamps are faulty and no longer alert other road userswhen braking.



Switch Off Lightsappears.Warning tone sounds.

Lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle.

X Turn control knob for the lights to Ã or u.

Battery, lights, heating 193

>>Practicala

dvice.

Z

smart Audio-System and smart Media-System

Bluetooth® connection


Bluetooth® connectioncannot be establishedbetween the smartAudio-System or smartMedia-System andmobile phone.

X Ascertain whether the mobile phone is compatible with thesystem. Information about compatible mobile phones:www.smart.com/connect

X Check the security settings on your mobile phone.X Check that the Bluetooth® function is enabled on the smartAudio-System or smart Media-system and on your mobilephone.

X Start the device search on the smart Audio-System or smartMedia-System and on the mobile phone.

The navigation system in the smart Media-System


No map is displayed inthe navigation system.

The SD card with the map data is missing or damaged.

X Check to see that the SD card is inserted.

Position of the vehiclein the navigation sys-tem does not match thevehicle's actual posi-tion.GPS symbol on the dis-play is gray or yellow.

GPS reception is poor.

X Drive the vehicle to another position where GPS reception isbetter.

The road's course in thenavigation system nolonger coincides withthe actual road.

The map data is out of date.

X Update the map data.

Navigation systemdoes not display anytraffic information.

Route guidance has not been started.

X Select a destination and start navigation.

HD Traffic is not available or the subscription for HD Traffic hasexpired.

X Checkwhether HD Traffic is available for the country you are inor upgrade the subscription for HD Traffic.

There are no naviga-tion messages duringroute guidance.

The road's course is not detected. Themapdatamaybe out of date.

X Check if route guidance has started.X If not, select a destination and start navigation.

Navigation messages are switched off.

X Switch on navigation messages.

194 smart Audio-System and smart Media-System>>

Practicala

dvice.

Voice control system in the smart Media-System


The voice control sys-tem does not under-stand voice commands.

The interval for entering voice commands has been exceeded.

X Press the button on the multifunction steering wheel.

Voice commands have not been given from the driver's seat.

X Issue voice commands from the driver's seat.

Noise from the blower or wind noise are interfering with voicecommands.

X Avoid interfering noises.

Voice commands have not been given clearly.

X Speak clearly when giving voice commands.

A voice command is unknown.

X Enter voice command "Help".A list of possible voice commands appears.

smart Audio-System and smart Media-System 195

>>Practicala

dvice.

Z

Obtaining technical data

The data stated here specifically refers to avehicle with standard equipment. Informa-tion on vehicle variants and equipment isavailable from any smart center.

Reading out vehicle data

Useful information

Deviations from specified data:

RThe heights and lengths specified vary asa result of:- Tires- Load- Condition of the suspension- Optional equipmentROptional equipment reduces the maximumpayload.

Vehicle identification plate

: Vehicle identification plate position

USA; Vehicle model= Paint code

Canada; Vehicle identification number (VIN)= Paint code

i The data shown on the vehicle identifi-cation plate is used only as an example.This data is different for every vehicle andcan deviate from the data shown here. Thedata applicable to the vehicle is found onthe vehicle's identification plate.

Vehicle identification number (VIN)

196 Reading out vehicle data>>

Technical

data.

X Slide the right-hand front seat to its rear-most position.

X Fold floor covering : upwards.VIN ; is located there.

The VIN can also be found in the followinglocations:

Rat lower edge of the windshield :Ron the vehicle identification plate

Dimensions and weights

Missing technical data was not available atthe time of publication.

smart EQ fortwo Dimensions andweights

Opening height : 73.0 in(1855 mm)

Vehicle length 106.1 in(2695 mm)

Vehicle width includingexterior mirrors

74.5 in(1893 mm)

Vehicle width withoutexterior mirrors

65.5 in(1663 mm)

smart EQ fortwo Dimensions andweights

Vehicle height 61.2 in(1555 mm)

Wheelbase 73.7 in(1873 mm)

Maximum ground clear-ance

4.5 in(113 mm)

Maximum tailgate load

Permissible roof load 0 lb(0 kg)

smart EQ fortwo cabrio Dimensions andweights

Height of open rear softtop

61.1 in(1553 mm)

Vehicle length 106.1 in(2695 mm)

Vehicle width includingexterior mirrors

74.5 in(1893 mm)

Vehicle height 61.1 in(1553 mm)

Wheelbase 73.7 in(1873 mm)

Maximum ground clear-ance

4.3 in(110 mm)

Maximum tailgate loadwithout side bars

Maximum tailgate loadwith sidebars

Permissible roof load 0 lb(0 kg)

Charging time

i The options listed for charging a high-voltage battery are not available in allcountries.

Reading out vehicle data 197

>>Technical

data.


Model Lithium-ion

Charging time(from 0% to 80%)at 32 A/240 V

Approx. 2 h30 min

Charging time(from 0% to 80%)at 10 A/120 V

Approx. 17 h

Charging cable

Charging the battery at a charging stationor wall box

Nominal voltage max. 240 V AC,1-phase

Nominal frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz

Nominal current 32 A

Charge output up to 7.2 kW

System of protection IP44 (inserted),IP24 (not inser-ted)

Outside temperatureObserve the notes onmaintaining the high-voltage bat-tery(Y page 69)

-45 ‡ to +122 ‡(-40† to+50†)

Standards IEC 61851-1,IEC 62196-1,IEC 62186-2

Interface Type 1

Also observe the identification plate on thecharging cable connector.

Service products

Please note

Also observe the information in the section"Checking and refilling service products"(Y page 141).

Components and service products must bematched. Therefore, only use products testedand approved by Mercedes-Benz.

Information on service products

The following table lists all technical datafor the service products of the vehicle. Fur-ther information on service products: http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com and in any smartcenter.

Service prod-ucts

Specifications

Corrosioninhibitor/antifreeze(Y page 141)

Recommended: G40

Windshieldwasher fluid(Y page 142)

Temperatures abovefreezing point: mixingratio of 1:100MB SummerFit to water.Temperatures belowfreezing point: for the cor-rect mixing ratio ofMB WinterFit and water,please observe the infor-mation on the antifreezecontainer.

Climate control system refrigerant

Important safety notes

Your vehicle's climate control system is fil-led with R‑134a refrigerant.The instruction label for the refrigerant typeused can be found on the right, when theservice cover is opened.

! Only the refrigerant R‑134a and the PAGoil approved by Mercedes-Benz may beused. The approved PAG oil may not bemixed with any other PAG oil that is notapproved for R-134a refrigerant. Other-wise, the climate control system may bedamaged.

Servicework, such as topping-up refrigerantor replacing components, may only be car-ried out at a qualified specialist workshop.All applicable regulations such as the SAEstandard J639 must be adhered to.

198 Climate control system refrigerant>>

Technical

data.

Always have all work on the climate controlsystem carried out at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Refrigerant instruction label

Example: refrigerant instruction label: Warning sign; Refrigerant filling capacity= Applicable standards? PAG oil part numberA GWP valueB Refrigerant type

Warning sign : refers to:

Rpossible dangersRhaving service work carried out at a quali-fied specialist workshop

Filling capacities

Model Refrigerant

All models 20.3 ± 0.4 oz(575 ± 10 g)

The GWP value of the refrigerant R‑134a is1430.

Bulb types

The following table lists the correct bulbtypes of the vehicle:

Bulb Model

Low-beam/high-beam head-lamps

HB2

Front fog lamps H 16

Turn signal PY 21 W

Side turn signal lamps WY 5 W

License plate lamp W 5 W

Interior lighting W 5 W

Tail lamp

Bulb Model

Tail lamp, brake lamp andside marker lamp

P21 5 W

Rear fog lamp P21 W

Backup lamp W 16 W

Turn signal PY 21 W

Bulb types 199

>>Technical

data.

Fuse allocation

No. Consumer Current Color coding

1 Starter motor 5 A Brown

2 Power steering control unit 5 A Brown

3 Multifunction lever 5 A Brown

4 Air bag 5 A Brown

5 ‑ ‑ ‑

6 Instrument cluster 10 A Red

7 Horn, alarm system 15 A Blue

8 Power supply control unit 10 A Red

9 Power supply control unit 10 A Red

10 Central control unit 20 A Yellow

11 Central control unit 15 A Blue

12 Central control unit 10 A Red

13 Central control unit 15 A Blue

14 Power window switch (without reversing feature) 30 A Green

15 ESP®, transmission control unit 5 A Brown

16 Interior lighting 10 A Red

17 Immobilizer 3 A Violet

18 Electrical exterior mirror 5 A Brown

19 Brake lamps 10 A Red

200 Fuse allocation>>

Technical

data.


20 Cruise control, radio, belt warning 15 A Blue

21 Not for smart EQ fortwo, smart EQ fortwo cabrio,smart EQ forfour: central control unit, fuel pump,ignition system

15 A Blue

22 Rear window wiper 15 A Blue

23 Starter motorsmart EQ fortwo, smart EQ fortwo cabrio, smart EQforfour only: power supply control unit

40 A Orange

24 ‑ ‑ ‑

25 Power supply control unit 30 A Green

26 Radio 20 A Yellow

27 Daytime running lamps 5 A Brown

28 12 V socket, cigarette lighter 15 A Blue

29 Power supply control unit 5 A Brown

30 Forward collision warning 15 A Blue

31 ‑ ‑ ‑

32 Radio, central control unit 15 A Blue

33 Tail lamps, front fog lamps, hazard warning lampbutton, locking button, headlamp range control,power windows, license plate lamp, radio, controlunit for heating or climate control system, cruisecontrol, limiter, parking aid button, programselector button, tailgate release, Lane KeepingAssist camera, automatic start/stop system but-ton

25 A Cyan

34 Power supply control unit 25 A Cyan

35 Headlamps, daytime running lamps 25 A Cyan

36 - 40 ‑ ‑ ‑

41 smart EQ forfour only: seat heating in the rearpassenger compartment

15 A Blue

42 smart EQ fortwo, smart EQ fortwo cabrio, smart EQforfour only: seat heating in the front

25 A Cyan

43 Exterior mirror heating 5 A Brown

44 Power windows (automatic reversing feature) 25 A Cyan

45 Transmission control unitsmart EQ fortwo, smart EQ fortwo cabrio, smart EQforfour only: EQ control unit

5 A Brown

Fuse allocation 201

>>Technical

data.


46 Radio amplifier 20 A Yellow

47 ‑ ‑ ‑

48 smart EQ fortwo, smart EQ fortwo cabrio, smart EQforfour only: vacuum pump

10 A Red

49 smart EQ fortwo, smart EQ fortwo cabrio, smart EQforfour only: heating control unit, air-condition-ing

10 A Red

Radio type approvals for the tire pres-sure monitor

Country Radio type approval number

USA FCC ID: MRXMW2433AFCC ID: MRXGG4FCC ID: MRXMC34MA4

Canada IC: 2546A-MW2433AIC: 2546A-GG4IC: 2546A-MC34MA4

Installing two-way radios and mobilephones

G WARNING

The electromagnetic radiation from two-way radios can interfere with the vehicleelectronics if two-way radios are manip-ulated or retrofitted incorrectly. This couldjeopardize the operating safety of thevehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

You should have all work on electrical andelectronic components carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

If you incorrectly operate two-way radiosin the vehicle, the electromagnetic radia-tion may interfere with the vehicle elec-tronics, for example if:

Rthe two-way radio is not connected to anexterior antenna

Rthe exterior antenna is not correctlymounted or is not low-reflection

This could jeopardize the operating safetyof thevehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.

Have the low-reflection exterior antennainstalled at a qualified specialist work-shop. Always connect two-way radios tothe low-reflection exterior antenna whenoperating in the vehicle.

! The operating permit may be invalidatedif the instructions for installation and useof two-way radios are not observed.In particular, the following conditionsmust be complied with:

Ronly approved wavebands may be usedRobserve the maximum permissible out-put in these wavebandsRonly approved antennapositionsmaybeused

Excessive levels of electromagnetic radia-tion can cause damage to health. Using anexterior antenna takes into account currentscientific discussions relating to the possi-ble health hazards thatmay result fromelec-tromagnetic fields.The following antenna positionsmaybe usedfor the correct installation of two-wayradios:

202 Installing two-way radios and mobile phones>>

Technical

data.

: Front roof area; Rear roof area

Use Technical Specification ISO/TS 21609(Road Vehicles – "EMC guidelines for instal-lation of aftermarket radio frequency trans-mitting equipment") when retrofitting two-way radios. Comply with the legal require-ments for add-on parts.If your vehicle has installations for two-wayradio equipment, use the power supply andantenna connections intended for use in thebasic wiring. Be sure to observe the manu-facturer's additional instructions duringinstallation.Deviations with respect to wavebands, max-imum transmission outputs or antenna posi-tions must be approved by smart.

i Damage or consequential damage result-ing from retrofitting tow-way radios in thevehicle, is not covered by the smart war-ranty.

The maximum transmission output (PEAK) atthe base of the antenna must not exceed thefollowing values:

Waveband Maximumtransmission

output

Tetra380 - 410 MHz

20 W

Mobile communicationsgeneration 2G/3G/4G

6 W

The following can be used in the vehiclewithout restrictions:

RTwo-way radios with a maximum trans-mission output of up to 100 mWRMobile phones (2G/3G/4G)

There is no restriction for antenna positionson the outside of the vehicle for the followingwavebands:

RTetraRMobile communications (2G/3G/4G)

Installing two-way radios and mobile phones 203

>>Technical

data.

Z

>> Operator's Manual

Documents

Transcript of >> Operator's Manual